20-F 1 f20f2020_alteritytherape.htm ANNUAL REPORT

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020

 

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from __________ to __________

 

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report __________

 

Commission file number 000-49843

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter

and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Australia

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Level 3, 460 Bourke Street, Melbourne, VIC 3000, Australia

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Geoffrey Kempler, Chief Executive Officer

Level 3, 460 Bourke Street, Melbourne, VIC 3000, Australia

+61 3 9349 4906 (phone) ; +61 3 9348 0377 (fax)

(Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class  Trading Symbol  Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing sixty Ordinary Shares  ATHE  NASDAQ Capital Market

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

 

Ordinary Shares, as of June 30, 2020   1,037,358,032 

 

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

Yes ☐ No ☒

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 

Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

  Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐
  Emerging growth company ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.”

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ☐   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒   Other ☐

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

 

Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Yes ☐ No ☒

 

This Annual Report on Form 20-F is incorporated by reference into our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-228671) and our Registration Statements on Form F-3 (Files No. 333-220886 and 333-231417)

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Alterity Therapeutics Limited (formerly Prana Biotechnology Limited) was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia on November 11, 1997. Our mission is to develop therapeutic drugs designed to treat neurogenerative diseases, currently focusing on Parkinsonian and other movement disorders.

 

The principal listing of our ordinary shares and listed options to purchase our ordinary shares is on the Australian Securities Exchange, or ASX. Since September 5, 2002, our American Depository Shares, or ADSs, have traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PRAN.” On April 8, 2019, we changed our name to Alterity Therapeutics Limited and our ADSs have traded under the symbol “ATHE” since that date. The Bank of New York, acting as depositary, issues American Depository Receipts, or ADRs, each of which evidences an ADS, which in turn represents sixty of our ordinary shares. As used in this annual report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “Alterity” mean Alterity Therapeutics Limited (formerly Prana Biotechnology Limited) and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Our consolidated financial statements appearing in this annual report are prepared in Australian dollars and in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. Our consolidated financial statements appearing in this annual report comply with IFRS.

 

In this annual report, all references to “U.S. dollars” or “U.S.$” are to the currency of the United States, and all references to “Australian dollars” or “A$” are to the currency of Australia.

 

We have not obtained or applied for trademark registrations. Any trademarks and trade names appearing in this annual report are owned by their respective holders.

 

Statements made in this annual report concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of such contracts, agreements or documents and are not complete descriptions of all of their terms. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to this annual report or to any registration statement or annual report that we previously filed, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms.

 

Except for the historical information contained in this annual report, the statements contained in this annual report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended, with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such forward-looking statements reflect our current view with respect to future events and financial results. We urge you to consider that statements which use the terms “anticipate,” “believe,” “do not believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We remind readers that forward-looking statements are merely predictions and therefore inherently subject to uncertainties and other factors and involve known and unknown risks that could cause the actual results, performance, levels of activity, or our achievements, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, performance, levels of activity, or our achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we undertake no obligation to publicly release any update or revision to any forward-looking statements to reflect new information, future events or circumstances, or otherwise after the date hereof. We have attempted to identify significant uncertainties and other factors affecting forward-looking statements in the Risk Factors section that appears in Item 3.D. “Key Information-Risk Factors.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page
PART I       1
ITEM 1.   IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS   1
ITEM 2.   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE   1
ITEM 3.   KEY INFORMATION   1
A.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data   1
B.   Capitalization and Indebtedness   2
C.   Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds   2
D.   Risk Factors   2
ITEM 4.   INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY   20
A.   History and Development of the Company   20
B.   Business Overview   21
C.   Organizational Structure   35
D.   Property, Plants and Equipment   35
ITEM 4A.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS   36
ITEM 5.   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS   36
A.   Operating Results   36
B.   Liquidity and Capital Resources   41
C.   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses   44
D.   Trend Information   44
E.   Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements   45
F.   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations   45
ITEM 6.   DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES   45
A.   Directors and Senior Management   45
B.   Compensation   48
C.   Board Practices   49
D.   Employees   51
E.   Share Ownership   52
ITEM 7.   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   55
A.   Major Shareholders   55
B.   Related Party Transactions   56
C.   Interests of Experts and Counsel   56
ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION   56
A.   Financial Statements and Other Financial Information   56
B.   Significant Changes   57
ITEM 9.   THE OFFER AND LISTING   57
A.   Offer and Listing Details   57
B.   Plan of Distribution   57
C.   Markets   57
D.   Selling Shareholders   58
E.   Dilution   58
F.   Expenses of the Issue   58
ITEM 10.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION   58
A.   Share Capital   58
B.   Memorandum and Articles of Association   58
C.   Material Contracts   59
D.   Exchange Controls   60
E.   Taxation   66
F.   Dividends and Paying Agents   66
G.   Statement by Experts   66
H.   Documents on Display   67
I.   Subsidiary Information   67
ITEM 11.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK   67
ITEM 12.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES   68

 

i

 

 

PART II       69
         
ITEM 13.   DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES   69
ITEM 14.   MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS   69
ITEM 15.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES   69
ITEM 16.   RESERVED   70
ITEM 16A.   AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT   70
ITEM 16B.   CODE OF ETHICS   70
ITEM 16C.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES   70
ITEM 16D.   EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES   71
ITEM 16E.   PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS   71
ITEM 16F.   CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT   71
ITEM 16G.   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE   71
ITEM 16H.   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE   71
ITEM 17.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   71
ITEM 18.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   72
ITEM 19.   EXHIBITS   72
SIGNATURES   74

 

ii

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3.KEY INFORMATION

 

A.Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by IASB and our consolidated financial statements appearing herein comply with IFRS as issued by IASB.

 

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The following selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which are not included in this annual report.

 

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with and are qualified entirely by reference to Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Statement of Comprehensive Income Data:  

 

   Year Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018   2017   2016 
   (in A$, except loss per share and number of shares) 
Interest income   17,117    108,538    201,174    132,396    142,657 
Other income    122,729    4,951,167    3,125,775    3,022,673    4,753,697 
Research and development expenses    (10,098,439)   (12,983,185)   (6,698,016)   (5,700,339)   (9,585,371)
General and administration expenses    (3,446,139)   (4,308,352)   (4,341,058)   (3,968,630)   (3,610,551)
Intellectual property expenses    (352,922)   (322,097)   (224,580)   (241,892)   (241,954)
Other operating expenses    (44,217)   (132,965)   (58,172)   (126,071)   (45,276)
Other gains and losses    333,055    349,064    (270,860)   (660,213)   857,247 
Forfeited options from reserves   12,016                     
Net loss    (13,456,800)   (12,337,830)   (8,265,737)   (7,542,076)   (7,729,551)
Loss per share in cents – basic and diluted    (1.50)   (2.00)   (1.55)   (1.41)   (1.45)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic and diluted    894,872,224    615,772,236    533,891,470    533,891,470    533,891,470 

 

1

 

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

   As of June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018   2017   2016 
   (in A$) 
Cash and cash equivalents   9,196,892    14,399,904    15,235,556    21,884,957    28,593,538 
Working capital   7,121,827    16,541,001    16,010,651    23,659,659    31,299,470 
Total assets   9,907,718    19,909,918    18,726,013    25,280,946    33,725,020 
Net assets   7,150,814    16,554,773    16,081,157    23,690,034    31,367,213 
Issued capital   160,703,754    156,632,636    143,910,328    144,018,006    146,879,214 
Share based payment reserves   866,121    1,158,975    1,753,954    2,320,480    9,363,181 
Accumulated deficit during development stage   (154,418,671)   (141,236,838)   (129,583,125)   (122,648,452)   (124,875,182)
Total equity   7,150,814    16,554,773    16,081,157    23,690,034    31,367,213 

 

B.Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D.Risk Factors

 

Investing in our American Depositary Shares involves a high degree of risk and uncertainty. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below before investing in our American Depositary Shares. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the daily price of our depositary shares could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

 

We have a history of operating losses and our management has concluded that factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and our auditor has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its audit report for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

We have not sufficiently advanced the development of any of our product candidates to market or generate revenues from their commercial application and have incurred losses in every period since we began operations in 1997 and reported net losses of A$13,456,800, A$12,337,830 and A$8,265,737 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively. As of June 30, 2020, our accumulated deficit was A$154,419,061. We expect to continue to incur additional operating losses over at least the next several years as we expand our research and development and pre-clinical activities and commence clinical trials of our product candidates that includes ATH434 for Parkinsonian diseases, prospectively PBT2 for alternative indications and the development of other compounds. Our management has concluded that our historical recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operations as well as our dependence on financings raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and our auditor has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its audit report for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. These adjustments would likely include substantial impairment of the carrying amount of our assets and potential contingent liabilities that may arise if we are unable to fulfill various operational commitments. In addition, the value of our securities would be greatly impaired. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon generating sufficient cash flow from operations and obtaining additional capital and financing. If our ability to generate cash flow from operations is delayed or reduced and we are unable to raise additional funding from other sources, we may be unable to continue in business. For further discussion about our ability to continue as a going concern and our plan for future liquidity, see “Operating And Financial Review —Critical Accounting Estimates - Going concern basis.”

 

2

 

 

We will need substantial additional funding to complete our clinical trials and to operate our business; such funding may not be available or, if it is available, such financing is likely to substantially dilute our existing shareholders.

 

We have raised US$2,886,865 from the sale of our ordinary shares pursuant to our at-the-market offering facility in the year ended June 30, 2020. We will need to secure additional financing in order to continue to meet our longer-term business objectives, including advancement of our research and development programs and we may also require additional funds to pursue regulatory clearances, defend our intellectual property rights, establish commercial scale manufacturing facilities, develop marketing and sales capabilities and fund operating expenses. We intend to seek such additional funding through public or private financings and/or through licensing of our assets or strategic alliances or other arrangements with corporate partners.

 

Our actual cash requirements may vary materially from those now planned and will depend upon numerous factors, including:

 

the continued progress of our research and development programs;

the timing, scope, results and costs of nonclinical studies and clinical trials;

the cost, timing and outcome of regulatory submissions and approvals;

determinations as to the commercial potential of our product candidates;

our ability to successfully expand our contract manufacturing services;

our ability to establish and maintain collaborative arrangements; and

the status and timing of competitive developments.

 

If we fail to generate revenue and eventually become and remain profitable, or if we are unable to fund our continuing losses, our shareholders could lose all or part of their investments.

 

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never achieve, we expect to finance our cash needs primarily through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or through strategic alliances.

 

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we are not able to secure additional funding when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of our clinical trials, collaborative research or development programs or future commercialization initiatives. In addition, any additional funding that we do obtain will dilute the ownership held by our existing security holders. The amount of this dilution may be substantially increased if the trading price of our shares are lower at the time of any financing. Regardless, the economic dilution to shareholders will be significant if our stock price does not increase significantly, or if the effective price of any sale is below the price paid by a particular shareholder. Any debt financing could involve substantial restrictions on activities and creditors could seek a pledge of some or all of our assets. We have not identified potential sources for the additional financing that we will require, and we do not have commitments from any third parties to provide any future financing. If we fail to obtain additional funding as needed, we may be forced to cease or scale back operations, and our results, financial condition and stock price would be adversely affected.

 

3

 

 

We expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will have general economic consequences that will impact our company

 

The response of the governments imposing a lock down, the high unemployment, certain industries being especially hard hit and the public response as the economy opens up will undoubtedly have wide reaching effects on the economy. It is possible that the ultimate effect could be a recession or even greater economic dislocation. A reduced economy may result in a limitation on companies such as ours in raising capital when necessary, in the amounts of capital needed and available, and the terms that are offered that will be acceptable to the Company. Also, there may be a decline in the overall value of the securities market that could reduce the value of the Company or limit the ability of our investors to sell their ordinary shares. Investors should consider general economic trends and issues resulting or may result from the pandemic when they decide to transact in our securities.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We are a development stage company engaged in the development of pharmaceutical products and our success is uncertain.

 

We are a development stage company whose pharmaceutical products are designed to treat neurodegenerative diseases. We have not sufficiently advanced the development of any of our candidate products, to market or generate revenues from their commercial application. Our current or any future product candidates, if successfully developed, may not generate sufficient or sustainable revenues to enable us to be profitable.

 

Government efforts to control the effect and spread of the COVID-19 virus have had and will have a disruptive effect on different aspects of our business.

 

The jurisdictions in which we conduct our business have imposed mandates and regulations or suggested measures to counter the spread of the COVID-19 virus and control the level of the pandemic within its population and the economic activities of their respective economies. These collectively have changed over the course of the pandemic and are expected to continue to evolve in response to the changing nature of the pandemic and the population and economic response to the virus and the many different measures prompted by the pandemic. We have been affected in a number of ways, such as the way in which we operate our headquarters operations, interact with our scientists and their activities, and planning for and carrying out clinical trials, all of which have experienced some short-term disruption and may suffer long-term changes in the way we will do business. Actions such as government lock downs have slowed or, in some cases, temporarily stopped research and development activities and clinical trials. Various safety protocols for personal interactions may hamper research and development activities. Since we are mostly focused on the activities related to research and development we have not experienced the larger adverse economics of a slowed economy; however, we do expect that time lines for our research and development, clinical trials, regulatory approvals and bringing our products to market will cause our operational costs to be greater than anticipated in this current fiscal year and going forward. The financial effect will be that our development expenses will increase and we will have to obtain additional capital funding. Any required additional equity funding will be dilutive to the equity of our investors and debt financing will have restrictive covenants that could adversely affect our business plans and operational objectives. Any further funding that we may need may not be available or even if available it may not be on terms that are acceptable to our company.

 

In addition to government efforts relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the institutions that we work with have their own limits and procedures that will influence or limit our ability to conduct research and development and the conduct of clinical trials.

 

In addition to the government mandates for controlling the many different health and economic effects of the COVID-19 virus and pandemic, individual institutions with which we work, such as hospitals, laboratories and educational institutions have taken actions that will disrupt the progress of our business plans for the Company and our individual subsidiaries. Most educational institutions and many laboratories curtailed or limited access to their facilities in the first half of the 2020 year and are still working out how they will operate going forward; we are expecting that going forward there will be strict limitations on access to these institutions and facilities for our researchers and research partners. Overall, changes in the way our development activities can be conducted will result in delays in our conducting research activities, carrying out clinical trials and making regulatory submissions. As a consequence, we anticipate our costs will increase. In many respects, there is great uncertainty in the general effects resulting from the governmental and private response to the pandemic, and only the passage of time will reveal its full effects.

 

4

 

 

We are faced with uncertainties related to our research.

 

Our research programs are based on scientific hypotheses and experimental approaches that may not lead to desired results. In addition, the timeframe for obtaining proof of principle and other results may be considerably longer than originally anticipated, or may not be possible given time, resource, financial, strategic and collaborator scientific constraints. Success in one stage of testing is not necessarily an indication that the particular program will succeed in later stages of testing and development. It is not possible to predict whether any of the candidate products designed for these programs will prove to be safe, effective, and suitable for human use. Each candidate product will require additional research and development, scale-up, formulation and extensive clinical testing in humans. Unsatisfactory results obtained from a particular study relating to a program may cause us to abandon our commitment to that program or product candidate being tested. The discovery of toxicities, lack of sufficient efficacy, unacceptable pharmacology, inability to increase scale of manufacture, market attractiveness, regulatory hurdles, competition, as well as other factors, may make our targets, lead therapies or product candidates unattractive for further development or unsuitable for human use, and we may abandon our commitment to that program, target, or product candidate.

 

Clinical trials as they relate to our business are expensive and time consuming and their outcome is uncertain.

 

In order to obtain approvals to market a new drug product, we or our potential partners must demonstrate proof of safety and efficacy in humans. To meet these requirements, we or our potential partners will have to conduct extensive non-clinical testing and “adequate and well-controlled” clinical trials. Conducting clinical trials is a lengthy, time-consuming and expensive process. The length of time may vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use of the product candidate, and often can be several years or more per trial. Even if we obtain positive results from such non-clinical or initial clinical trials, we may not achieve the same success in future trials. Clinical trials may not demonstrate adequate safety or sufficient effectiveness to obtain the requisite regulatory approvals for product candidates employing our technology. The failure of clinical trials to demonstrate safety and efficacy for a particular desired indication could harm development of that product candidate for other indications as well as other product candidates.

 

We expect to commence new clinical trials from time to time as our product development work continues. Any change in, or termination of, our clinical trials could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may experience delays in our clinical trials that could adversely affect our business and operations.

 

We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time or whether we will complete any of our clinical trials on schedule or at all. Our ability to commence and complete clinical trials may be delayed by many factors, including:

 

government or regulatory delays, including delays in obtaining approvals from applicable hospital ethics committees and internal review boards;

delays due to the measures for COVID-19 pandemic containment and conduct of business;

slower than expected patient enrollment;

our inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our new proprietary compound or our other product candidates or matching controls;

unforeseen safety issues; or

lack of efficacy or unacceptable toxicity during the clinical trials or non-clinical studies.

 

5

 

 

Patient enrollment is a function of, among other things, the nature of the clinical trial protocol, the existence of competing protocols, the size and longevity of the target patient population, and the availability of patients who comply with the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial. Delays in planned patient enrollment may result in increased costs, delays or termination of the clinical trials. Moreover, we rely on third parties such as clinical research organizations to assist us in clinical trial management functions including; clinical trial database management, statistical analyses, site management and monitoring. Any failure by these third parties to perform under their agreements with us may cause the trials to be delayed or result in a failure to complete the trials.

 

If we experience delays in testing or approvals or if we need to perform more, larger or more complex clinical trials than planned, our product development costs may increase. Significant delays could adversely affect the commercial prospects of our product candidates and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We rely on research institutions to conduct our clinical trials and we may not be able to secure and maintain research institutions to conduct our future trials.

 

We rely on research institutions to conduct our clinical trials. Our reliance upon research institutions, including public and private hospitals and clinics, provides us with less control over the timing and cost of clinical trials, clinical study management personnel and the ability to recruit subjects. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable research institutions on acceptable terms, or if any resulting agreement is terminated, we may be unable to secure, maintain or quickly replace the research institution with another qualified institution on acceptable terms.

 

We may not be able to complete the development of our products candidates or develop other pharmaceutical products.

 

We may not be able to progress with the development of our current or any future pharmaceutical product candidates to a stage that will attract a suitable collaborative partner for the development of any current or future pharmaceutical product candidates. The projects initially specified in connection with any such collaboration and any associated funding may change or be discontinued as a result of changing interests of either the collaborator or us, and any such change may change the budget for the projects under the collaboration. Additionally, our research may not lead to the discovery of additional product candidates, and any of our current and future product candidates may not be successfully developed, prove to be safe and efficacious in clinical trials, meet applicable regulatory standards and receive regulatory approval, be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at reasonable costs, or be successfully or profitably marketed, either by us or a collaborative partner. The products we develop may not be able to penetrate the potential market for a particular therapy or indication or gain market acceptance among health care providers, patients and third-party payers. We cannot predict if or when the development of our current product candidates or any future product candidates will be completed or commercialized, whether funded by us, as part of a collaboration or through a grant.

 

We may need to prioritize the development of our most promising candidates at the expense of the development of other products.

 

We may need to prioritize the allocation of development resources and/or funds towards what we believe to be our most promising candidate product or products. The nature of the drug development process is such that there is a constant availability of new information and data which could positively or adversely affect a product in development. We cannot predict how such new information and data may impact in the future the prioritization of the development of our current or future product candidates or that any of our products, regardless of its development stage or the investment of time and funds in its development, will continue to be funded or developed.

 

6

 

 

Our research and development efforts will be seriously jeopardized if we are unable to retain key personnel and cultivate key academic and scientific collaborations.

 

Our future success depends to a large extent on the continued services of our senior management and key scientific personnel. We have entered into employment or consultancy agreements with these individuals. The loss of their services could negatively affect our business. Competition among biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies for qualified employees is intense, including competition from larger companies with greater resources, and we may not be able to continue to attract and retain qualified management, technical and scientific personnel critical to our success. Our success is highly dependent on our ability to develop and maintain important relationships with leading academic institutions and scientists who conduct research at our request or assist us in formulating our research and development strategies. These academic and scientific collaborators are not our employees and may have commitments to, or consulting or advisory contracts with, other entities that may limit their availability to us. In addition, these collaborators may have arrangements with other companies to assist such companies in developing technologies that may prove competitive to ours.

 

If we are unable to successfully keep pace with technological change or with the advances of our competitors, our technology and products may become obsolete or non-competitive.

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are subject to rapid and significant technological change. Our competitors are numerous and include major pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology firms, universities and other research institutions. These competitors may develop technologies and products that are more effective than any that we are developing, or which would render our technology and products obsolete or non-competitive. Many of these competitors have greater financial and technical resources and manufacturing and marketing capabilities than we do. In addition, many of our competitors have much more experience than we do in pre-clinical testing and human clinical trials of new or improved drugs, as well as in obtaining regulatory approvals.

 

We know that competitors are developing or manufacturing various technologies or products for the treatment of diseases that we have targeted for product development. Some of these competitive products use therapeutic approaches that compete directly with our product candidates. Our ability to further develop our products may be adversely affected if any of our competitors were to succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for their competitive products sooner than us.

 

Acceptance of our products in the marketplace is uncertain, and failure to achieve market acceptance will negatively impact our business and operations.

 

Our current or future candidate products may not achieve market acceptance even if they are approved by regulatory authorities. The degree of market acceptance of such products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

the receipt and timing of regulatory approvals for the uses that we are studying;

the establishment and demonstration to the medical community of the safety, clinical efficacy or cost-effectiveness of our product candidates and their potential advantages over existing therapeutics and technologies; and

the pricing and reimbursement policies of governments and third-party payors.

 

Physicians, patients, payors or the medical community in general may be unwilling to accept, use or recommend any of our products.

 

7

 

 

We have limited large scale manufacturing experience with our product candidates. Delays in manufacturing sufficient quantities of such materials to the required standards for pre-clinical and clinical trials may negatively impact our business and operations.

 

We lack the resources to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale and do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture our clinical drug supplies for use in the conduct of our clinical trials. We rely on collaborators and/or third parties for development, scale-up, formulation, optimization, management of clinical trial and commercial scale manufacturing and commercialization. There are no assurances we can scale-up, formulate or manufacture any product candidate in sufficient quantities with acceptable specifications for the conduct of our clinical trials or for the regulatory agencies to grant approval of such product candidate. We have not yet commercialized any products and have no commercial manufacturing experience. To be successful, our products must be properly formulated, scalable, stable and safely manufactured in clinical trial and commercial quantities in compliance with good manufacturing practices (GMP) and other regulatory requirements and at acceptable costs. Should any of our suppliers or our collaborators be unable to supply or be delayed in supplying us with sufficient supplies due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other causes, no assurance can be given that we will be able to find alternative means of supply in a short period of time. Should such parties’ operations suffer a material adverse event, the manufacturing of our products would also be adversely affected. Furthermore, key raw materials could become scarce or unavailable. We may not be able to meet specifications previously established for product candidates during scale-up and manufacturing.

 

There may be a limited number of third parties who can manufacture our products. Our reliance on third parties to manufacture our product candidates will expose us and our partners to risks including the following, any of which could delay or prevent the commercialization of our products, result in higher costs, or deprive us of potential product revenue:

 

Contract manufacturers can encounter difficulties in achieving the scale-up, optimization, formulation, or volume production of a compound as well as maintaining quality control with appropriate quality assurance. They may also experience shortages of qualified personnel. Contract manufacturers are required to undergo a satisfactory GMP inspection prior to regulatory approval and are obliged to operate in accordance with FDA, International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use ("ICH"), European and other nationally mandated GMP regulations and/or guidelines governing manufacturing processes, stability testing, record keeping and quality standards. A failure of these contract manufacturers to follow GMP and to document their adherence to such practices or failure of an inspection by a regulatory agency may lead to significant delays in the availability of our product candidate materials for clinical study, leading to delays in our trials.

For each of our current product candidates we will initially rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers. Changing these or identifying future manufacturers may be difficult. Changing manufacturers requires re-validation of the manufacturing processes and procedures in accordance with FDA, ICH, European and other mandated GMP regulations and/or guidelines. Such re-validation may be costly and time-consuming. It may be difficult or impossible for us to quickly find replacement manufacturers on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our contract manufacturers may not perform as agreed or may not remain in the contract manufacturing business for the time required to produce, store and distribute our products successfully.

 

The failure to establish sales, marketing and distribution capability would materially impair our ability to successfully market and sell our pharmaceutical products.

 

We currently have no experience in marketing, sales or distribution of pharmaceutical products. If we develop any commercially marketable pharmaceutical products and decide to perform our own sales and marketing activities, we will require additional management, will need to hire sales and marketing personnel and will require additional capital. Qualified personnel may not be available in adequate numbers or at a reasonable cost. Further, our sales staff may not achieve success in their marketing efforts. Alternatively, we may be required to enter into marketing arrangements with other parties who have established appropriate marketing, sales and distribution capabilities. We may not be able to enter into marketing arrangements with any marketing partner, or if such arrangements are established, our marketing partners may not be able to commercialize our products successfully. Other companies offering similar or substitute products may have well-established and well-funded marketing and sales operations in place that will allow them to market their products more successfully. Failure to establish sufficient marketing capabilities would materially impair our ability to successfully market and sell our pharmaceutical products.

 

8

 

 

If healthcare insurers and other organizations do not pay for our products, or impose limits on reimbursement, our future business may suffer.

 

The drugs we hope to develop may be rejected by the marketplace due to many factors, including cost. The continuing efforts of governments, insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other payors of healthcare costs to contain or reduce healthcare costs may affect our future revenues and profitability and those of our potential customers, suppliers and collaborative partners, as well as the availability of capital. In Australia and certain foreign markets, the pricing or profitability of prescription pharmaceuticals is already subject to government control. We expect initiatives for similar government control at both the state and federal level to continue in the United States and elsewhere. The adoption of any such legislative or regulatory proposals could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

Our ability to commercially exploit our products successfully will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the cost of our products and related treatment will be available from government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other organizations. Third-party payors, such as government and private health insurers, are increasingly challenging the price of medical products and services. Uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved health care products and in foreign markets, including the United States. If third-party coverage is not available to patients for any of the products we develop, alone or with collaborators, the market acceptance of these products may be reduced, which may adversely affect our future revenues and profitability. In addition, cost containment legislation and reductions in government insurance programs may result in lower prices for our products and could materially adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.

 

We may be exposed to product liability claims, which could harm our business.

 

The testing, marketing and sale of human health care products also entails an inherent risk of product liability. We may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit development or commercialization of our candidate products if we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims. We have historically obtained no fault compensation insurance for our clinical trials and intend to obtain similar coverage for future clinical trials. Such coverage may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. This may result in our inability to pursue further clinical trials or to obtain adequate protection in the event of a successful claim. We may not be able to obtain product liability insurance in the event of the commercialization of a candidate product or such insurance may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. Even if we have adequate insurance coverage, product liability claims or recalls could result in negative publicity or force us to devote significant time, attention and financial resources to those matters.

 

Breaches of network or information technology security, natural disasters or terrorist attacks could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Cyber-attacks or other breaches of network or information technology (IT) security, natural disasters, terrorist acts or acts of war may cause equipment failures or disrupt our research and development operations. In particular, both unsuccessful and successful cyber-attacks on companies have increased in frequency, scope and potential harm in recent years. Such an event may result in our inability, or the inability of our partners, to operate the research and development facilities, which even if the event is for a limited period of time, may result in significant expenses and/or significant damage to our experiments and trials. While we maintain insurance coverage for some of these events, the potential liabilities associated with these events could exceed the insurance coverage we maintain. In addition, a failure to protect employee confidential data against breaches of network or IT security could result in damage to our reputation. Any of these occurrences could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We have been subject, and will likely continue to be subject, to attempts to breach the security of our networks and IT infrastructure through cyber-attack, malware, computer viruses and other means of unauthorized access. However, to date, we have not been subject to cyber-attacks or other cyber incidents which, individually or in the aggregate, resulted in a material impact to our operations or financial condition.

 

9

 

 

We expect to expand our drug development, regulatory and business development capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

 

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and consultants and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and business development. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations, and have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

Risks Related to Government Regulation

 

If we do not obtain the necessary governmental approvals, we will be unable to commercialize our pharmaceutical products.

 

Our ongoing research and development activities are, and the production and marketing of our pharmaceutical product candidates derived from such activities will be, subject to regulation by numerous international regulatory authorities. Prior to marketing, any therapeutic product developed must undergo rigorous pre-clinical testing and clinical trials and, to the extent that any of our pharmaceutical products under development are marketed abroad, by the relevant international regulatory authorities. For example, in Australia, principally the Therapeutics Goods Administration, or TGA; the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the United States; the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, in the United Kingdom; the Medical Products Agency, or MPA, in Sweden; and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA. These processes can take many years and require the expenditure of substantial resources. Governmental authorities may not grant regulatory approval due to matters arising from pre-clinical animal toxicology, safety pharmacology, drug formulation and purity, insufficient efficacy, clinical side effects or patient risk profiles, or medical contraindications.

 

Failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approvals would adversely affect the development and commercialization of our pharmaceutical product candidates. We may not be able to obtain the clearances and approvals necessary for clinical testing or for manufacturing and marketing our pharmaceutical product candidates.

 

Even if regulatory authorities approve any of our product candidates, the manufacture, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, reporting, distribution, advertising, promotion, marketing, sale, import and export of these drugs will be subject to strict and ongoing regulation. If we, our partners, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may suspend any ongoing clinical trials; issue warning letters or untitled letters; suspend or withdraw regulatory approval; refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications; suspend or impose restrictions on operations; seize or detain products, prohibit the export or import of products, or require us to initiate a product recall; seek other monetary or injunctive remedies; or impose civil or criminal penalties.

 

We will not be able to commercialize any current or future product candidates if we fail to adequately demonstrate their safety, efficacy and superiority over existing therapies.

 

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any of our pharmaceutical products, we must demonstrate through pre-clinical testing and clinical studies that our product candidates are safe and effective for use in humans for each target indication. Results from early clinical trials may not be predictive of results obtained in large-scale, later-stage clinical testing. Even though a candidate product shows promising results in clinical trials, regulatory authorities may not grant the necessary approvals without sufficient safety and efficacy data.

 

10

 

 

We may not be able to undertake further clinical trials of our current and future product candidates as therapies for Parkinsonian disorders or other indications or to demonstrate the safety and efficacy or superiority of any of these product candidates over existing therapies or other therapies under development, or enter into any collaborative arrangement to commercialize our current or future product candidates on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Clinical trial results that show insufficient safety and efficacy could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Positive results in previous clinical trials of product candidates may not be replicated in future clinical trials, which could result in development delays or a failure to obtain marketing approval.

 

Positive results in previous clinical trials of a product candidate may not be predictive of similar results in future clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in early-stage development. Accordingly, the results from the completed pre-clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates may not be predictive of the results we may obtain in later stage trials. Our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials. Moreover, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or EMA approval for their products.

 

Even if approved, any product candidates that we or our subsidiaries may develop and market may be later withdrawn from the market or subject to promotional limitations.

 

We may not be able to obtain the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the promotion of our product candidates if approved. We may also be required to undertake post-marketing clinical trials. If the results of such post-marketing studies are not satisfactory or if adverse events or other safety issues arise after approval, the FDA or a comparable regulatory agency in another country may withdraw marketing authorization or may condition continued marketing on commitments from us or our subsidiaries that may be expensive or time consuming to complete. In addition, if we or others identify adverse side effects after any of our products are on the market, or if manufacturing problems occur, regulatory approval may be withdrawn and reformulation of our or our subsidiaries’ products, additional clinical trials, changes in labeling of our or our subsidiaries’ products and additional marketing applications may be required. Any reformulation or labeling changes may limit the marketability of such products if approved.

 

Healthcare reform measures and other statutory or regulatory changes could adversely affect our business.

 

In both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could impact our business. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “ACA”), enacted in March 2010, substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the pharmaceutical industry. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA is expected to expand and increase industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and make changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare D program. Legislative and regulatory proposals impacting upon the healthcare system are submitted regularly and the existing framework in force in various jurisdictions may not apply in the short to long term.

 

We still cannot fully predict the impact of the ACA on our company as many of the ACA reforms require the promulgation of detailed regulations implementing the statutory provisions which has not yet been completed, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services has publicly announced that it is analyzing the ACA regulations and policies that have been issued to determine if changes should be made. In addition, although the U.S. Supreme Court has upheld the constitutionality of most of the ACA, some states have stated their intentions to not implement certain sections of the ACA and some members of Congress are still working to repeal the ACA. These challenges add to the uncertainty of the changes enacted as part of the ACA. In addition, the current legal challenges to the ACA, as well as Congressional efforts to repeal the ACA, add to the uncertainty of the legislative changes enacted as part of the ACA.

 

If we fail to comply with our reporting and payment obligations under the Medicaid program or other governmental pricing programs, we could be subject to additional reimbursement requirements, penalties, sanctions and fines which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

11

 

 

Pricing and rebate calculations vary among products and programs. The calculations are complex and will often be subject to interpretation by us, governmental or regulatory agencies and the courts. If we become aware that our reporting of pricing data for a prior quarter was incorrect, we will be obligated to resubmit the corrected data. For the Medicaid drug rebate program, corrected data must be submitted for a period not to exceed twelve quarters from the quarter in which the data originally were due. Such restatements and recalculations increase our costs for complying with the laws and regulations governing the Medicaid drug rebate program and other governmental pricing programs.

 

We may be liable for errors associated with our submission of pricing data. If we are found to have knowingly submitted false pricing data to the Medicaid program, we may be liable for civil monetary penalties in the amount of up to $100,000 per item of false information. Our failure to submit pricing data to the Medicaid program on a timely basis could result in a civil monetary penalty of $10,000 per day for each day the information is late. Such failure also could be grounds to terminate our Medicaid drug rebate agreement, which is the agreement under which we might participate in the Medicaid drug rebate program. In the event that our rebate agreement is terminated, federal payments may not be available under Medicaid for our covered outpatient drugs. We cannot assure you that our submissions will not be found to be incomplete or incorrect.

 

If we obtain FDA approval for any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our operations may be directly or indirectly through our customers, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal False Claims Act, and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

 

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are subject to extensive regulation, and from time to time legislative bodies and governmental agencies consider changes to such regulations that could have significant impact on industry participants. For example, in light of certain highly-publicized safety issues regarding certain drugs that had received marketing approval, the U.S. Congress has considered various proposals regarding drug safety, including some which would require additional safety studies and monitoring and could make drug development more costly. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare system reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from product candidates that impact we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates. In addition, it is possible that there will be further legislation or regulation that could harm our business, financial condition and several results of operations.

 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

 

Our business operations may be subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). The FCPA and similar anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions such as the U.K. Bribery Act generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and procedures will always protect us from criminal acts committed by our employees or third parties with whom we work. If we are found to be liable for violations of the FCPA or similar anti-corruption laws in international jurisdictions, either due to our own acts or out of inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

 

Our success depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technology, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties and to obtain marketing exclusivity for our products and technologies.

 

Any future success will depend in large part on whether we can:

 

obtain and maintain patents to protect our own product candidates and technologies;

obtain orphan designation for our product candidates and technologies;

obtain licenses to the patented technologies of third parties;

operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties; and

protect our trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information.

 

12

 

 

Patent matters in biotechnology are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, the availability and breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents cannot be predicted. Any of the pending or future patent applications filed by us or on our behalf may not be approved, we may not develop additional proprietary products or processes that are patentable, or we may not be able to license any other patentable products or processes.

 

Our products may be eligible for orphan designation for particular therapeutic indications that are of relatively low prevalence and for which there is no effective treatment. Orphan drug designation affords market exclusivity post marketing authorization for a product for a specified therapeutic utility. The period of orphan protection is dependent on jurisdiction, for example, seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The opportunity to gain orphan drug designation depends on a variety of requirements specific to each marketing jurisdiction and can include; a showing of improved benefit relative to marketed products, that the mechanism of action of the product would provide plausible benefit and the nature of the unmet medical need within a therapeutic indication. It is uncertain if our products will be able to obtain orphan drug designation for the appropriate indications and in the jurisdictions sought.

 

There is a risk that the U.S. Congress, for example, could amend laws to significantly shorten the exclusivity period. Once any regulatory period of exclusivity expires, depending on the status of our patent coverage and the nature of the product, we may not be able to prevent others from marketing products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with our products, which would materially adversely affect us.

 

Our commercial success will also depend, in part, on our ability to avoid infringement of patents issued to others. If a court determines that we were infringing any third-party patents, we could be required to pay damages, alter our products or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Licenses required under patents held by third parties may not be made available on terms acceptable to us or at all. To the extent that we are unable to obtain such licenses, we could be foreclosed from the development, export, manufacture or commercialization of the product requiring such license or encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to design around such patents, and any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may have to resort to litigation to enforce any patents issued or licensed to us or to determine the scope and validity of third-party proprietary rights. We may have to defend the validity of our patents in order to protect or enforce our rights against a third party. Third parties may in the future assert against us infringement claims or claims that we have infringed a patent, copyright, trademark or other proprietary right belonging to them. Any infringement claim, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources and could negatively affect our profitability. While defending our patents, the scope of the claim may be reduced in breadth and inventorship of the claimed subject matter, and proprietary interests in the claimed subject matter may be altered or reduced. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Any such litigation, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time consuming, and adverse determinations in any such proceedings could prevent us from developing, manufacturing or commercializing our products and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The patents for our product candidates have varying expiration dates and, if these patents expire, we may be subject to increased competition and we may not be able to recover our development costs or market any of our approved products profitably. In some of the larger potential market territories, such as the United States and Europe, patent term extension or restoration may be available to compensate for time taken during aspects of the product’s development and regulatory review or by procedural delays before the relevant patent office. However, such an extension may not be granted, or if granted, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded during any extension period may not be sufficient. In addition, even though some regulatory authorities may provide some other exclusivity for a product under their own laws and regulations, we may not be able to qualify the product or obtain the exclusive time period. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension/restoration or some other exclusivity, we could be subject to increased competition and our opportunity to establish or maintain product revenue could be substantially reduced or eliminated. Furthermore, we may not have sufficient time to recover our development costs prior to the expiration of our U.S. and non-U.S. patents.

 

13

 

 

We may face difficulties in certain jurisdictions in protecting our intellectual property rights, which may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights in those jurisdictions.

 

The laws of some jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the United States and the European Union, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in such jurisdictions. If we or our collaboration partners encounter difficulties in protecting, or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting, the intellectual property rights important for our business in such jurisdictions, the value of these rights may be diminished and we may face additional competition from others in those jurisdictions.

 

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Intellectual property rights do not address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

 

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

Others may be able to make products that are similar to ours but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own.

Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or otherwise circumvent any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights.

We or any of our collaboration partners might not have been the first to conceive and reduce to practice the inventions covered by the patents or patent applications that we own, license or will own or license.

We or any of our collaboration partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of the patents or patent applications that we or they own or have obtained a license, or will own or will have obtained a license.

It is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents.

Issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors.

Our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights, or in countries where research and development safe harbor laws exist, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets.

The patents of third parties or pending or future applications of third parties, if issued, may have an adverse effect on our business.

Compulsory licensing provisions of certain governments to patented technologies that are deemed necessary for the government to access.

 

14

 

 

Changes in patent laws or patent jurisprudence could diminish the value of our patents, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products or product candidates.

 

As is the case with other pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and enforcing pharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the America Invents Act was recently enacted in the United States, resulting in significant changes to the U.S. patent system. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. Similarly, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws has also increased in recent years. In addition, the European patent system is relatively stringent with regard to the type of amendments that are allowed during prosecution. These changes could limit our ability to obtain new patents in the future that may be important for our business.

 

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and protect our other proprietary information.

 

We consider proprietary trade secrets and/or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets and/or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value. However, trade secrets and/or confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential.

 

To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, consultants, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements with us. However, current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third-party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets and/or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

 

Failure to obtain or maintain trade secrets and/or confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive position. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit our use of our trade secrets and/or confidential know-how.

 

Risks Related to Our Compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley

 

We may fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which could adversely affect our operating results, investor confidence in our reported financial information, and the market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes certain duties on us and our executives and directors. To comply with this statute, we are required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, governing internal control and procedures for financial reporting, have resulted in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention, and we expect these efforts to require the continued commitment of significant resources. We may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our assessments of our internal control over financial reporting. Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in investigations or sanctions by regulatory authorities and could adversely affect our operating results, investor confidence in our reported financial information, and the market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

15

 

 

Material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures could negatively affect shareholder and customer confidence.

 

Under Sarbanes-Oxley, we are required to assess the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley) on an annual basis. If we were to conclude that our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective, shareholder and customer confidence could be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse impact on the market price of our ADSs.

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities

 

Our stock price may be volatile and the U.S. trading market for our American Depository Shares (ADSs) is limited.

 

The market price for our securities, like that of the securities of other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, has fluctuated substantially and may continue to be highly volatile in the future. During the last two fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and subsequently until 11 September 2020, the market price for our ordinary shares on the ASX has ranged from as low as A$0.012 to a high of A$0.165 and the market price of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Capital Market has ranged from as low as U.S.$0.36 to a high of U.S.$3.43. The market price for our securities has been affected by both broad market developments and announcements relating to actual or potential developments concerning products under development. We believe that the following factors, in addition to other risk factors described above and elsewhere in this annual report, will continue to significantly affect the market price of our ordinary shares:

 

the results of pre-clinical testing and clinical trials by us and our competitors;

developments concerning research and development, manufacturing, and marketing alliances or collaborations by us and our competitors;

announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by us and our competitors;

determinations regarding our patent applications, patents and those of others;

publicity regarding actual or potential results relating to medicinal products under development by us and our competitors;

proposed governmental regulations and developments in Australia, the U.S. and elsewhere;

litigation;

economic and other external factors; and

period-to-period fluctuations in our operating results.

 

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have especially affected the stock market price of many high technology and healthcare related companies, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and, in many cases, are unrelated to the operating performance of the particular companies. Market fluctuations, as well as general political and economic conditions, such as a recession, interest rate or currency rate fluctuations, could adversely affect the market price of our securities.

 

16

 

 

Ownership interest in our company may be further diluted as a result of additional financings.

 

We may seek to raise funds from time to time in public or private issuances of equity, and such financings may take place in the near future or over the longer term. In May 2011, we registered U.S.$50,000,000 of securities for public sale pursuant to our registration statement on Form F-3. In July 2011, we issued a prospectus under such registration statement providing for the sale of up to 50 million ordinary shares represented by 5 million ADSs pursuant to an “At-The-Market” facility. In August 2013 we issued a prospectus providing for the sale of up to U.S.$47,184,000 of our ordinary shares under an amended “At-The-Market” facility. On November 26, 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to our At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement, to continue the at-the-market equity program under which we may from time to time sell up to an additional aggregate of $50,000,000 of our ordinary shares represented by ADSs. From November 26, 2014 until June 30, 2015 we sold A$7.1 million of additional ordinary shares under this program. On October 13, 2016, we entered into an At-Market Issuance Sales Agreement, for an at-market offering program under which we may from time to time sell up to an aggregate of U.S.$44,460,787 of our ordinary shares represented by ADSs. On November 8, 2017 we entered into Amendment No. 1 to our At-Market Issuance Sales Agreement to continue the at-market offering program which we may from time to time sell up to an aggregate of $50,000,000 of our ordinary shares represented by ADSs. Since July 1, 2018 and to date, we sold U.S.$5,124,764 of additional ordinary shares under this program. Since the inception of our At-The-Market” facility in 2011 and to date we sold an aggregate of 424,889,350 ordinary shares under this facility and raised a total of A$54.1million (U.S.$47.7 million) in gross proceeds.

 

Without shareholder approval, we may not issue more than 25% of our outstanding ordinary shares in any twelve month period other than by a pro rata rights offering or a share purchase plan offer (of shares with a value at the issue price of up to A$15,000 per shareholder to a maximum of 30% of our outstanding shares) in each case to the then existing shareholders in accordance with the listing rules of the ASX. Sales of our ADSs offered through our “At-The-Market” facility and future equity offerings may result in substantial dilution to the interests of our current shareholders. The sale of a substantial number of securities to investors, or anticipation of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at a price that we might otherwise wish to effect sales.

 

There is a substantial risk that we are a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, to some U.S. investors which will subject those investors to adverse tax rules

 

Holders of our ADSs who are U.S. residents face income tax risks. There is a substantial risk that we are a passive foreign investment company, commonly referred to as a PFIC to some U.S. investors, and a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC to other U.S. investors. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to the holders of our ADSs and would likely cause a reduction in the value of such ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset that produces passive income. As a result of our substantial cash position and the decline in the value of our stock, we believe that we became a PFIC during the taxable year ended June 30, 2005, and were classified as a PFIC during each of the following fiscal years. We believe that we once again will be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ended June 30, 2020 for some U.S. investors. Highly complex rules will apply to U.S. holders owning ADSs. Accordingly, you are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of such rules.

 

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our ordinary shares.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The declaration of dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on various factors, including our operating results, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. You should not rely on an investment in our company if you require dividend income from your investment in our company. The success of your investment will likely depend entirely upon any future appreciation of the market price of our ordinary shares, which is uncertain and unpredictable. There is no guarantee that our ordinary shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which you purchased your ordinary shares.

 

Currency fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

 

Our ordinary shares are quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX and our ADSs trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market in U.S. dollars. Movements in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate may adversely affect the U.S. dollar price of our ordinary shares. In the past year the Australian dollar has generally remained stable against the U.S. dollar. If the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, this may negatively affect the U.S. dollar price of our ordinary shares, even if the price of our ordinary shares in Australian dollars decreases or remains unchanged. If the Australian dollar strengthens against the U.S. dollar, the U.S. dollar price of the ordinary shares could increase, even if the price of our ordinary shares in Australian dollars decreases or remains unchanged.

 

17

 

 

If we fail to maintain compliance with NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, our shares may be delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

Our ordinary shares are quoted on the ASX and our ADSs trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market. To continue to be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we need to satisfy a number of conditions, including a minimum closing bid price per ADS of $1.00 for 30 consecutive business days and shareholders’ equity of at least $2.5 million.

 

On February 7, 2020, we received notification from the Listing Qualifications Department of NASDAQ advising the company that it is was non-compliant with NASDAQ’s requirement that listed securities maintain a minimum bid price of $US1.00 per share on NASDAQ as outlined in the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

The NASDAQ notification had no effect on the listing of the Company’s ADSs and the ADSs continued to trade uninterrupted on NASDAQ. In the event we did not regain compliance within the prescribed period and the NASDAQ staff would have concluded that we were not able to cure the deficiency, our ADSs could have been subject to delisting by NASDAQ. On July 15, 2020, NASDAQ notified us that we have regained compliance with the minimum bid price requirement of Listing Rule 5550(a)(2).

 

If our closing bid price per ADS will fall under $1.00 again and remain below $1.00 for 30 consecutive trading days, we may receive another notice of noncompliance and should be provided at least 180 days to regain compliance. We could fail to meet this, or other NASDAQ continued listing requirements and fail to cure such noncompliance, resulting in the delisting of our ADSs from NASDAQ. If we are delisted from NASDAQ, trading in our ADSs may be conducted on a market (in the United States) where an investor would likely find it significantly more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of, our ordinary shares.

 

Risks Related to Our Location in Australia

 

It may be difficult to enforce a judgment in the United States against us and our officers and directors or to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Australia or serve process on our officers and directors.

 

We are incorporated in Australia. At least half of our executive officers and directors are non-residents of the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to enforce a U.S. court judgment based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws in an Australian court against us or any of those persons or to effect service of process upon these persons in the United States. Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to enforce civil liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws in original actions instituted in Australia.

 

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market, we may follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain NASDAQ requirements.

 

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market Rules, with regard to, among other things, the composition of the board of directors and its committees, director nomination process, compensation of officers and quorum at shareholders’ meetings. In addition, we may choose to follow Australian law instead of The NASDAQ Stock Market Rules that require that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans, an issuance that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NASDAQ requirements must submit to NASDAQ in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed by the issuer instead of any such requirement. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules. As of the date of this report, we have elected to follow home country practices instead of the following NASDAQ requirements:

 

the Rule related to Audit Committee Composition rule 5605(c)(2)(A)): we may have an audit committee composed of two members instead of “at least three members”. We may not follow NASDAQ rules regarding independence of such members (as long as comply Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, subject to the exemptions provided in rule 10A-3(c)), and we may not have a financially sophisticated member as defined.

 

18

 

 

the Rule requiring maintaining a majority of independent directors (Rule 5605(b)(1))

the Rule requiring that our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present (Rule 56505(b)(2)

the Rule regarding independent director oversight of director nominations process for directors (Rule 5605(e)

the Rule regarding independent director oversight of executive officer compensation (Rule 5605(d)

the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans (Rule 5635(c), an issuance that will result in a change of control of the company (Rule 5635(b), certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company (Rule 5635(d) and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company (Rule 5635(a)).

 

We currently do not have a majority of independent directors serving on our Board of Directors, which may afford less protection to our shareholders than if our Board of Directors had a majority of independent directors,

 

As of the date of this annual report, a majority of our directors did not satisfy the standards for independence as specified by the SEC and the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market pursuant to which we evaluate director independence. If our Board of Directors is not made up of a majority of independent directors, there may be a lower level of oversight on executive management, and our Board of Directors may be influenced by the concerns, issues or objectives of management, including compensation and governance issues, to a greater extent than would occur with a majority of independent directors. As a result, the composition of our Board of Directors may afford less protection to our shareholders than if our Board of Directors were composed of a majority of independent directors.

 

A lack of independent directors may also make it difficult to create board committees meeting the requirements of our board committee charters and the NASDAQ Rules pursuant to which we evaluate director independence. Historically, we have strived to have an audit committee comprised of at least three independent directors and other board committees comprised solely of independent directors. Currently, our audit committee has only two members, both of who are independent under the NASDAQ Rules and applicable SEC requirements. Due to the lack of independent directors, it may be difficult to establish effective operating board committees comprised of independent members to oversee committee functions. This structure gives our executive officers additional control over certain corporate governance issues, including compensation matters and audit issues for internal control and reporting purposes, with more limited oversight of our executive officers' decisions and activities.

 

Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our ordinary shares.

 

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeovers laws of Australia. Among other things, we are subject to the Australian Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act. Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s voting power in us increasing from 20% or below to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our ordinary shares. This may have the ancillary effect of entrenching our board of directors and may deprive or limit our shareholders’ strategic opportunities to sell their ordinary shares and may restrict the ability of our shareholders to obtain a premium from such transactions.

 

19

 

 

Our Constitution and other Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

As an Australian company we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Corporations Act, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to us as an Australian company. These requirements operate differently than from many U.S. companies and may limit or otherwise adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders. For more information, you should carefully review the summary of these matters set forth under the section entitled, “Item 10.B - Additional Information - Memorandum and Articles of Association” as well as our Constitution.

 

ITEM 4.Information on the Company

 

A.History and Development of the Company

 

Our legal and commercial name is Alterity Therapeutics Limited (formerly Prana Biotechnology Limited). We were incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia on November 11, 1997 and began limited operations shortly thereafter. Our registered office is located at Level 3, 62 Lygon Street, Carlton, Victoria, 3053, Australia and our telephone number is 011-61-3-9824-5254. Our principal executive office is located at Level 3, 460 Bourke Street, Melbourne, VIC 3000, Australia and our telephone number is 011-61-3-9349-4906. Our website address is www.alteritytherapeutics.com. The information in our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

Alterity is developing first-in-class therapies to treat neurodegenerative diseases. Our lead drug candidate, ATH434 (formerly PBT434), is the first of a new generation of small molecules designed to block the accumulation and aggregation of α-synuclein. Alpha-synuclein, when aggregated in the brain, is a pathological hallmark of Parkinsonian conditions and is considered an important biologic target for treating these neurodegenerative diseases.

 

ATH434 has demonstrated pre-clinical evidence as a potential treatment of MSA and produced encouraging results in its Phase 1 clinical program, which was completed last year. The company is in the preparatory phase of planning for Phase 2 clinical trial.

 

Other potential applications for our proprietary compounds include the treatment or amelioration of neurodegenerative disorders such as tauopathies, Motor Neuron disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (the human variant of Mad Cow disease), certain cancers, age-related macular degeneration, or antibiotic resistance.

 

Our technology is the outcome of many years of intense research from leading scientists in the area of neurodegenerative disorders and other diseases. In July 2009, a patent claiming ‘8-Hydroxyquinoline derivatives’ which claims our principal clinical drug asset, PBT2, as well as other 8-Hydroxyquinoline compounds, was granted by the European Patent Office (EPO). Since the date of that grant, similar patents were granted in other jurisdictions including in the United States, Japan, China, South Korea and Russia. These patents claim the composition of matter and the uses of such compounds for the treatment of neurological diseases, including Alzheimer’s disease and Huntington disease. The patents are due to expire in July 2023, except in the United States where the patent is due to expire in December 2025. In December 2011, claims for our key patent protecting our product candidate for Parkinson’s disease, PBT434 were granted in the United States. The patent is entitled ‘Neurologically Active Compounds’ and covers the composition of matter and pharmaceutical compositions of selected families of 8-hydroxyquinazolinone compounds, including PBT434. It had also been granted in other jurisdictions including in Europe, China and Japan.

 

Our technology has progressed to yield a diversified library of chemical compounds, which may yield future product candidates across various neurodegenerative and other indications.

 

20

 

 

Future clinical studies with PBT2 may depend on the either lifting the Partial Clinical Hold (PCH) which currently restricts drug exposure levels and/or the possible development of PBT2 for new therapeutic indications. See “Item 4.B. – Information on the Company – Business Overview – Clinical Trials for Our Product Candidates”).

 

Since inception, we have not been required to invest material amounts for capital expenditures since our development efforts have taken place at research facilities operated by institutions with which we have relationships. In the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, our capital expenditures have totaled A$86,171.

 

B.Business Overview

 

Alterity’s Background

 

Medical science has made a significant number of breakthroughs over the past century. The average life span in western cultures has substantially increased. The diseases associated with aging have, however, yet to be fully understood or effectively treated. It is now believed that a number of age-related diseases may be capable of being treated.

 

The protein believed to be involved in the toxicity associated with Alzheimer’s disease is beta amyloid. Very little was known about beta-amyloid protein until 1984 when Professors Colin Masters, Konrad Beyreuther and the late Dr. George Glenner sequenced the chemistry of the protein which has since become the dominant focus of Alzheimer’s disease research world-wide. In 1987, Professors Masters, Beyreuther and Rudi Tanzi of Harvard Medical School discovered how beta-amyloid was produced and in 1994, Professor Ashley Bush of the Melbourne Dementia Research Centre and formerly of Harvard Medical School discovered that the interaction between metals and beta-amyloid is associated with the toxicity seen in Alzheimer’s disease, hopefully paving the way for the development of therapeutic drugs to treat the disease.

 

Our intellectual property has been developed over an extended period and continues to develop through the collaborative efforts of highly regarded scientists, both company employees as well as representatives of research institutions in this field. These institutions include:

 

The University of Melbourne, Department of Pathology

The Florey Institute of Neuroscience and Mental Health in Melbourne

University of California, San Francisco and

The University of Pavia

 

Work conducted at the University of Melbourne and MGH demonstrated that clioquinol, codenamed PBT1, had potential efficacy for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease. Since completing our initial public offering and listing process of our ordinary shares on the ASX on March 28, 2000, we historically concentrated our resources toward the pursuit of our disease targets and creation of a chemical library of proprietary molecules. Our research efforts led to the discovery of a novel compound, PBT2, a low molecular weight chemical entity that has demonstrated significant pre-clinical activity, and we currently have over 800 validated compounds from different chemical scaffolds in our chemical library.  More recently, our research efforts have focused on identifying novel compounds that bind and redistribute labile iron that is increased in Parkinsonian diseases and thought to be implicated in their pathogenesis.

 

Our chemistry program is undertaken within laboratories leased from The University of Melbourne’s Bio21 Molecular Science and Biotechnology Institute, which is a multidisciplinary research center that specializes in medical, agricultural and environmental biotechnology. Accommodating more than 500 research scientists, students and industry participants, the Bio21 Institute is one of the largest biotechnology research centers in Australia.

 

Candidate product discovery and translational Biology Programs

 

We regard our intellectual property as a “platform technology” since we believe that it addresses the causes of a broad spectrum of neurodegenerative and age-related diseases based on the interrelationship of metals and proteins. Historically, the majority of our research efforts have been directed at research into potential therapeutics for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington disease and Parkinsonian movement disorders. Published data together with our initial findings have provided strong indications that the pathology for other certain age-related and degenerative disorders may also be based on the inter-relationship between certain metals and proteins, and we believe that the platform technology may also be applicable for certain cancers, age-related macular degeneration, Motor Neuron disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease and other neurodegenerative diseases. To date, we have performed in vivo evaluations of our product candidates in a range of mouse animal models including models of Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington disease, Parkinsonian diseases, brain cancer and traumatic brain injury.

 

21

 

 

Product candidates are selected from our chemical library on the basis of rational drug design. Product candidates are designed to fulfill very specific criteria such as oral bioavailability and ability to cross the blood-brain barrier, and demonstrate significant effectiveness in both nonclinical in vitro and in vivo testing.

 

To increase depth and breadth of our pipeline into new neurodegenerative indications, we have continued to develop our ‘two tier’ Translational Research program structure during the past year. The first tier encompasses core new chemical entity design, synthesis and characterization, the ‘discovery phase’ of the new entities as potential novel agents of interest based on their mechanism of action profile. Our discovery research has established Structure Activity Relationships (“SAR”) within chemical moieties that guide our chemists towards the design of novel therapeutics. The discovery phase also includes preliminary bioavailability and metabolic characterization. The second tier comprises ‘translational’ animal modeling programs to test and validate new candidates as potential development product candidates. To date, our chemical library includes more than 800 novel compounds. Using SAR that has been developed over years of testing and validation by Alterity scientists, new compounds are being generated that retain functionality across diverse and novel chemical scaffolds.

 

Over the last year, new compounds from several scaffolds were synthesized and began mechanistic profiling. The compounds are initially screened for activity in biological systems relevant to the candidate diseases we are targeting. New screens are being investigated that will assess the ability of a compound intercede in the pathogenic steps thought to underly the disease processes for target diseases. Such steps include pathologic protein aggregation and downstream activities such as oxidative stress and cell death. Promising candidates arising from the Translational Research program may be progressed as back up compounds in Parkinsonian diseases and/or new indications in neurodegeneration including orphan indications.

 

Parkinson's Disease and Movement Disorders

 

Parkinson’s disease, another neurodegenerative disease of the aging population, causes a progressive slowing of movement, tremors and the loss of fine motor control due to the death of substantia nigra cells in the brain. These cells produce the neurotransmitter dopamine in the brain, which is required for normal motor control. Existing therapies, such as dopaminergic agents, may provide symptomatic relief, but do not address the underlying cause of the disease. We believe that drug candidates in our library may affect the aggregation of the proteins implicated in the pathology of Parkinson’s disease and related movement disorders.

 

During 2005, we entered into a contractual arrangement with the Integrative Neuroscience Facility based at the Florey Institute of Neuroscience and Mental Health in Melbourne, or the Florey Institute, to assist in the efficacy evaluation of novel compounds in models relevant to Parkinson’s disease, specifically the 6-hydroxydopamine mouse model and the MPTP (1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine) mouse model. The toxins used in these two mouse models mimic the disease by causing impairment of the cells of the substantia nigra, the area of the brain primarily affected in Parkinson’s disease, and subsequent loss of motor function. During 2009 and 2010, our lead Parkinson’s disease treatment candidate emerged, PBT434, based on significant improvement in motor function and coordination in both models. Of note, PBT434 improved relevant indices when administered after toxins had destroyed significant amounts of substantia nigra tissue, indicating that the compound can restore and maintain normal neuronal function. During 2011, further mechanistic characterisation work demonstrated that PBT434 reduced the accumulation of the target protein in Parkinson’s disease, alpha-synuclein.

 

In August 2011, the New York-based Michael J. Fox Foundation awarded us a $206,000 grant entitled, ‘PBT434, a Novel Neuroprotective Drug For Parkinson’s Disease; Completion of Pre-Clinical Studies to Enable Human Clinical Trials.’ The research supported by this grant has included various nonclinical studies (safety pharmacology, general toxicology, genetic toxicology), the results of which allowed the compound to be positioned for Phase 1 clinical trials in healthy volunteers and larger scale animal toxicology studies that will enable clinical trials in applicable subjects.

 

22

 

 

In November 2012, our scientists, Dr. Robert Cherny and Associate Professor David Finkelstein, Head of the Synaptic Neurobiology laboratory at the Florey Institute, received an NHMRC grant to study the benefits of PBT434 in a program entitled, "Identifying the mechanisms of action of a novel 8-hydroxyquinazolinone in models of Parkinson's disease." The program helped elucidate some of the innate mechanisms of action of PBT434.

 

In June 2013, our science was highlighted at the 17th Movement Disorders Congress of Parkinson’s Disease and Movement Disorders, in Sydney, Australia. Professor Colin Masters, Director of The Mental Health Research Institute at the Florey Institute and Assoc. Professor David Finkelstein presented data showing that PBT434 prevented the aggregation of alpha synuclein, the protein target in Parkinson’s and other movement disorders. The ability of PBT434 to reduce alpha-synuclein accumulation has highlighted the potential for PBT434 to treat other movement disorders characterized by the over expression alpha-synuclein including the orphan disease Multiple system atrophy, which is a rare form of “atypical parkinsonism”.

 

Mechanistic work has demonstrated that PBT434 reduces oxidative stress and inhibits the aggregation of toxic α-synuclein species. Part of this investigation was supported by Parkinson’s UK grant of £150,000, awarded in 2013 to Leeds University in collaboration with Associate Professors David Finkelstein and Robert Cherny of the Florey Institute. In 2017, Drs. Finkelstein, Cherny and colleagues published data indicating that PBT434 prevented cell death in the substantia nigra in a dose-dependent manner. The data also demonstrated the therapeutic potential of PBT434 to slow neurodegeneration with results in multiple Parkinson’s disease models, including a transgenic model of Parkinson’s disease (A53T) in which mice over-expressed the alpha-synuclein protein. In A53T mice, animals treated with PBT434 exhibited significantly increased numbers of s. nigra neurons and a significant reduction in insoluble α-synuclein and incidence of clasping behavior. These results showed that PBT434 lowered alpha-synuclein, preserved neurons and simultaneously improved motor performance. The paper was entitled, “The novel compound PBT434 prevents iron mediated neurodegeneration and alpha-synuclein toxicity in multiple models of Parkinson’s disease” and was published in Acta Neuropathol Comm.

 

PBT434 has also been profiled in mouse models of atypical Parkinsonian conditions, including orphan diseases such as Multiple system atrophy (MSA) and Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, a tauopathy. In an animal model of MSA, PBT434 prevents α-synuclein aggregation and preserves neurons in the substantia nigra and decreased the number of glial cell inclusions in the brains of treated animals.  Glial cell inclusions are the pathological hallmark of MSA and contain abundant aggregated α-synuclein that is associated with neurodegeneration.  The pathologic benefits were associated with improved motor function in treated animals. In mutant overexpressing tau mice, rTg4510, PBT434 has demonstrated significant improvement in the Y-maze cognitive assessment and resulted in a significant reduction in the number of abnormal tau deposits in the hippocampus of 12 month old mice.

 

A comprehensive nonclinical program to evaluate PBT434’s profile to support clinical development is ongoing. . PBT434 had no relevant off-target binding activity in a broad panel of protein interactions. PBT434 did not have significant inhibitory activity of the hERG channel relevant to expected human plasma concentrations in a GLP study. PBT434 is subject to diverse metabolic pathways and is brain penetrant. PBT434 was well-tolerated in safety pharmacology studies (GLP cardiovascular, respiratory and central safety pharmacology studies in rat). Long term toxicology and metabolism studies to support patient studies are ongoing.

 

Alzheimer’s disease

 

PBT2, our product candidate for Alzheimer’s disease, is the result of rational drug design and was built “from the ground up” to fulfill very specific criteria. It was designed so that it will be orally bioavailable and cross the blood-brain barrier and to have an improved safety and efficacy profile compared to the prototype MPAC, PBT1. Phase I trials for PBT2 were completed by February 2006 in healthy young and aged volunteers and demonstrated that the drug was well tolerated and suitable for Phase II clinical development.

 

23

 

 

In 2008, top line results for a Phase IIa clinical study in mild Alzheimer’s disease patients were announced, including the primary endpoints of safety and tolerability being met together with several secondary endpoints in biomarker and cognition endpoints also being met. In November 2009, an erratum to the July 2008 edition of The Lancet Neurology journal was published that corrected the original results of the neuropsychological test battery, or NTB, arising from the Phase IIa trial. The corrected results show that the overall executive function domain of the NTB, comprising five cognitive tests, was significantly improved for those patients taking 250mg of PBT2 compared to patients on placebo.

 

In March 2011, we announced that the New York-based Alzheimer’s Drug Discovery Foundation would make a $700,000 project-based investment towards a Phase II imaging biomarker study in 40 patients with prodromal or mild Alzheimer’s disease. In March 2014, top line results for the study were announced. The study entailed the use of an amyloid imaging ligand to detect changes in brain beta-amyloid burden after 52 weeks treatment with PBT2 or placebo. For more information, see Item 4.B. “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Clinical Trials for Our Product Candidates.”

 

In July 2008, the results of extensive pre-clinical research findings for PBT2 were published in the journal Neuron. The paper by Alterity scientist, Associate Professor Paul Adlard was entitled, “Rapid restoration of cognition in Alzheimer’s transgenic mice with 8-hydroxyquinoline analogs is associated with decreased interstitial Aβ”. The key findings included the demonstration that PBT2 could rapidly improve cognition in transgenic mice, prevent the formation of toxic soluble Abeta oligomers, lower the Abeta levels in the brain of transgenic mice and protect neurons from the toxic effect of Abeta at the synapses between neurons enabling improved neurotransmission. In March 2009, we published further data on the impact of PBT2 on synapses in transgenic animal models. The findings demonstrated that PBT2 could prevent the loss of synapses in these Alzheimer’s disease animal models, indicating that PBT2 has a potent neuroprotective effect on neurons, consistent with the observation that PBT2 can improve cognitive performance in impaired transgenic animals.

 

During 2009 and 2010, our scientists further examined the apparent link between aging and disease related defects due to metal imbalances in the brain. In February 2010, we reported in The Journal of Neuroscience on the loss of synaptic zinc uptake mechanisms in aged animal models and how this correlated with cognitive impairment. Our scientists also investigated the molecular basis for the neuroprotective qualities of PBT2 in animal models of Alzheimer’s disease. They found that several important intracellular signaling pathways required for neuronal function were stimulated when animals were treated with PBT2. In March 2011, we reported in the scientific journal PLoS ONE that in the same Alzheimer’s animal model where PBT2 is able to significantly improve cognition, it also caused changes in the brain anatomy. Specifically, it was observed that PBT2 treatment had significantly increased the numbers of spines on the branches (or dendrites) of neurons in the hippocampus, a memory centre affected in Alzheimer’s disease. Increasing the number of spines permits many more neurons to interconnect with any particular neuron thereby increasing the brain’s capacity to carry out learning and memory functions. These findings provide an insight into how PBT2 helps preserve and protect neurons in Alzheimer’s disease and also in animal models of Huntington disease.

 

In September 2011, new data was published on how the ability of PBT2 to transport and deliver zinc and copper in the brain contributes to mechanisms related to its anti-toxic effects of Alzheimer’s disease, including inhibition of beta-amyloid aggregation and promotion of the activation of GSK3 protein, an important brain protein suggested to be involved in Alzheimer disease. In addition, one of our research scientists, Dr. Paul Adlard, received an Australian National Health and Medical Research Council, or NHMRC, grant to study the benefits of PBT2 and other compounds in age-related cognitive impairment in a program entitled, "The role of metals in healthy brain aging: identification of novel compounds to prevent age-related cognitive decline.” The grant provided an opportunity to explore the importance of metal distribution imbalances in the brain to both cognitive deficits with aging and Alzheimer disease. Also in October 2011, our scientist and co-inventor of PBT2, Dr. Kevin Barnham, was awarded a NMHRC grant to explore how PBT2's copper binding and transport activity can inhibit brain excitotoxicity, which is the overstimulation of certain chemical neurotransmitter receptors on neurons (NMDA receptors). Excitotoxicity is a common feature in the brains of patients affected by neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease and Huntington disease. In March 2012, our Chief Scientific Advisor, Professor Rudolph E. Tanzi, published an important body of work on the role of brain metals in the etiology of Alzheimer’s disease, supporting Alterity’s therapeutic strategy. The paper was entitled, ‘The Zinc Dyshomeostasis Hypothesis of Alzheimer’s disease’ published in PLoS ONE in March 2012.

 

In March 2013, Dr. Paul Adlard, presented a paper entitled, “Metal Chaperones are novel therapeutic agents for tauopathy.” The findings presented exemplified that the ability of PBT2 to intercede in aberrant metal and target protein interactions and to correct abnormal metal distribution in the brain resulted in PBT2 being able to prevent the formation of ‘tangle like’ inclusions in neurons in a mouse model. Tau tangles are known to cause neuronal death. This work builds upon the knowledge that PBT2 can prevent the metal mediated toxic gain of function of target proteins such as Abeta and tau to form harmful aggregates in the brain. The data was generated in transgenic mouse model of tauopathy and demonstrated a significant decrease in tau tangle formation, a significant increase in cortical and hippocampal neurons and significant increase in cognitive performance as measured by the Y-maze.

 

24

 

 

In October 2013, Dr. Adlard also published a paper on the ability of PBT2 to restore learning and memory in aged mice. His paper, entitled “A Novel Approach To Rapidly Prevent Age-Related Cognitive Decline” and published in the journal Aging Cell, demonstrated that PBT2 could restore the cognition of aged mice to that of young, cognitively normal mice. Age-related cognitive decline is associated with measurable structural and biochemical changes in the brain, which Alterity scientists have shown to be significantly improved by PBT2 administration. Importantly, it has been shown that PBT2 increased expression of markers of neurogenesis and increased synaptic density which in turn, correlated with improved performance on memory tasks.

 

The underlying mechanisms of action of PBT2 work to prevent metal mediated neurodegenerative processes including oxidative stress, formation of toxic amyloid oligomers and compromised neuronal and synaptic function leading to cognitive impairment. In Alzheimer’s disease, beta-amyloid aggregates in the synaptic cleft have been associated with impaired synaptic transmission as evidenced by reduced Long Term Potentiation experiments (LTP) in mice. Alterity scientists have published that PBT2 is able to inhibit the beta-amyloid induced inhibition of LTP, thus restoring synaptic capability and cognitive function. In February 2015, a new mechanism of action of PBT2 was published in Neurobiology of Disease which demonstrated the ability of PBT2 to protect against glutamate-induced (synaptic) excitotoxicity in a metal dependent manner. The paper was entitled, “PBT2 inhibits glutamate-induced excitotoxicity in neurons through metal-mediated preconditioning”. The over excitation of NMDA receptors in glutamatergic neurons leads to mitochondrial damage and cell death and has been postulated as one of the pathological events in Alzheimer’s disease and Huntington disease. Further elucidation of the protective role of PBT2 is required, however it appears that the zinc ionophore property of PBT2 works to increase intracellular zinc in the post synaptic terminal, triggering the release of calcium which in turn, leads to neuroprotective pathways being activated inside the neuron that prevent excitotoxicity. Over recent years, the ability of PBT2 to reduce the phosphorylation of the microtubule-associated protein ‘tau” has been demonstrated in new in vitro screening assays and modelled in transgenic mice. Phosphorylated tau is deposited in cells as fibrillar aggregates in numerous neurodegenerative diseases, notably Alzheimer's disease and also Huntington disease and other neurodegenerative disorders. The functions of tau are regulated by site-specific phosphorylation events, which are dysregulated in the disease state, resulting in tau dysfunction and mislocalization. This can lead to aggregation, neuronal dysfunction and death. Unpublished data show that PBT2 can reduce tau phosphorylation and improve cognitive function in a transgenic tau mouse model.

 

Huntington disease

 

Huntington disease is a crippling genetic neurodegenerative disorder of the central nervous system caused by a mutation in a gene which encodes the huntingtin protein. The disease results in progressive deterioration of physical, cognitive and emotional abilities that lead to severe incapacitation and eventually death, generally 15-25 years after the onset of the disease. Huntington disease primarily affects adults, usually between the ages of 30 and 50.

 

U.S.-based researchers have presented the effects of clioquinol in an animal model of Huntington disease, showing evidence of improved behavior, motor skills and inhibition of the abnormal form of the Huntingtin protein. Based on these findings, we have tested several proprietary compounds in collaboration with researchers based at the Veterans Affairs Medical Center and the Department of Neurology, University of California, San Francisco, under a collaborative research agreement. PBT2 has shown good efficacy in the R6/2 mouse model of Huntington disease.

 

In late July 2008, we received the findings from a report commissioned by us from U.S.-based clinical researchers on the suitability of PBT2 for Huntington disease. The report detailed the relevance of animal modeling experiments done with PBT2, its demonstrated mode of action in the brains of Huntington disease model mice and its promising safety and efficacy findings in the earlier Alzheimer’s disease Phase IIa study with PBT2. The report recommended that we proceed to clinical trials in Huntington disease research participants.

 

25

 

 

In July 2010, we presented data emerging from our research and development that the neuroprotective qualities of our product candidate PBT2 indicated that it may have clinical application in Huntington disease patients in addition to Alzheimer’s disease. At the International Conference on Alzheimer’s disease in Hawaii, Dr. Robert Cherny described how PBT2 prolonged survival, increased motor strength and delayed involuntary limb clenching that otherwise presents in the transgenic mouse model of Huntington disease. In addition, PBT2 appears to prevent the aggregation of the hallmark toxic mutant huntingtin protein. Examination of the brains of transgenic mice revealed that PBT2 had a significant impact on preventing the degeneration of neurons, providing further evidence of the neuroprotective attributes of PBT2 that had been reported earlier in our work on Alzheimer’s disease.

 

In December 2010, our management assembled a team to develop a Phase IIa clinical trial protocol for the treatment of Huntington disease with PBT2. The group comprised leading clinical researchers from Australia and the United States, including members from the Huntington Study Group based in the United States and Australia. The team designed a six month Phase IIa clinical trial testing PBT2, or the Reach2HD Trial, which included a randomized, double blind placebo controlled study of patients with early to mid-stage Huntington disease. For additional details regarding the clinical trial in Huntington disease with PBT2, see Item 4.B. “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Clinical Trials for Our Product Candidates.”

 

In December 2012, we announced the publication of the paper entitled, "PBT2 extends lifespan, reduces striatal atrophy and improves motor performance in a transgenic mouse model of Huntington disease" in the Journal of Huntington disease. This paper describes how PBT2 significantly improved functional performance of the mice in the R6/2 model as a consequence of the neuroprotective properties of PBT2 by regulating certain metal mediated events in the brain.

 

As described in the preceding section, ‘Platform Technology, Discovery and Translational Research Programs – Alzheimer’s disease’, in October 2013 Alterity scientist Associate Professor Paul Adlard published a paper in the journal Aging Cell, demonstrating that PBT2 could restore the cognition of aged mice to that of young, cognitively normal mice. Age-related cognitive decline is associated with measurable structural and biochemical changes in the brain, which Alterity scientists have shown to be significantly improved by PBT2 administration. In particular, this restoration of cognitive function was accompanied by an increase in underlying hippocampal neurons, synaptic density and neuronal proliferation markers around the lateral ventricles, a region susceptible to atrophy in Huntington disease.

 

Important support for the role of copper in the disease process in Huntington disease came from Tsinghua University in China (Xiao et al PNAS 2013). Using a Drosophila model of Huntington disease, bearing an expanded polyQ Htt gene, workers showed that altered expression of genes involved in copper metabolism significantly modulates disease progression. Intervention in dietary copper levels also modified Huntington disease phenotypes in the fly and copper reduction decreased the level of oligomerized and aggregated Htt protein. Critically, substitution of two potential copper-binding residues of Htt, Met8 and His82, completely dissociated the copper-intensifying toxicity of Htt exon1-polyQ. The authors specifically identified copper binding compounds as an ideal therapy for Huntington disease. As mentioned above, in relation to our Alzheimer’s disease research, the finding that PBT2 can positively reduce the phosphorylation of tau, supports the emerging profile of PBT2 as a compound with neuroprotective characteristics to support neuronal health and function with potential application in Huntington disease.

 

In 2015, Alterity scientist Associate Professor Kevin Barnham and colleagues published on the ability of PBT2, through its ionophore properties, to inhibit the over-excitation of the glutamate neuronal transmission pathway that can lead to neuronal death in the paper entitled, “PBT2 inhibits glutamate-induced excitotoxicity in neurons through metal-mediated preconditioning” in the journal, Neurobiology of Disease. Such excitotoxicity is implicated in neurodegenerative diseases including Alzheimer disease and Huntington disease.

 

Clinical Trials for Our Product Candidates

 

ATH434 (formerly PBT434)

 

We announced in July 2019 the completion of clinical trial evaluating the safety and pharmacokinetics of ATH434 (formerly PBT434) in healthy volunteers. The Phase 1 study, conducted in Australia, recruited 70 adult volunteers and ten elderly volunteers with the key goals of assessing the safety, tolerability and drug disposition within the body (pharmacokinetics) of ATH434 after single and multiple oral dose administration.

 

26

 

 

The volunteers in the single ascending dose phase of the study, made up of four individual dose levels in ascending order, received a single oral dose of ATH434 and a blood sampling over the next 72 hours. In the multiple ascending dose phase of the study, volunteers received eight days dosing with ATH434, administered as three successively higher dose levels, with intensive blood sampling for pharmacokinetics on days 1 and 8. At the two highest multiple dose levels, cerebrospinal fluid was collected at steady state to determine drug penetration to the site of action in the brain. Older adult (≥65 years) received the highest dose level for 8 days as well.

 

The study was successfully completed with systemic exposure to the drug comparable between elderly and healthy volunteers. ATH434 was found to be safe and well tolerated. Adverse event rates were found to be comparable with placebo and no subject experienced a serious adverse event or an adverse event that led to discontinuation of the study drug.

 

The clinical data were presented at the American Academy of Neurology Annual Meeting in in May 2020. The presentation was based on an abstract entitled A phase 1 Study of PBT434, a Novel Small Molecule Inhibitor of α-synuclein Aggregation, in Adult and Older Adult Volunteers published in the journal Neurology. In September 2019, the Company presented a poster titled: A First in Human Study of PBT434, a Novel Small Molecule Inhibitor of α-Synuclein Aggregation at the 2019 International Congress of Parkinson’s Disease and Movement Disorders (MDS Congress) in Nice, France. The poster presented findings from the completed Phase 1 trial of ATH434.

 

We are focusing on the treatment of Parkinsonian disorders, a group of neurodegenerative disorders which have Parkinsonism as a feature. Parkinsonism is a general term for slowed movement, stiffness and tremor, and occurs in idiopathic Parkinson disease and atypical forms such as MSA, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, among others. The atypical forms of Parkinsonism have a limited response to available drugs for treating symptoms of Parkinson disease and prominent non-motor symptoms. Alterity’s lead indication for ATH434 is MSA, a highly debilitating disease with no approved treatments.

 

MSA is a rapidly progressive neurodegenerative disorder leading to severe disability and impairment in quality of life. It is a sporadic disease (not inherited) and typically presents in 50s to 60s. It is an Orphan disease with a prevalence of approximately 5 per 100,000 in the US. In addition to Parkinsonism as described above, affected individuals experience symptoms of autonomic failure such as orthostatic hypotension, bladder dysfunction, erectile dysfunction and constipation as well as cerebellar impairments such as impaired gait and difficulty speaking and swallowing.

 

We applied to the FDA for Orphan Drug designation for the proposed use of ATH434 for the treatment of MSA, and the designation was granted in January 2019. Orphan designation entitles Alterity to seven years of market exclusivity for the use of ATH434 in the treatment of MSA and qualifies the sponsor of the drug for various development incentives of the Orphan Drug Act, including tax credits for qualified clinical testing.

 

In January 2020 we announced that the European Commission (EC) granted Orphan Drug designation to ATH434, which entitles Alterity to ten years of market exclusivity in the European Union for the use of ATH434 in the treatment of MSA and other benefits including assistance in developing clinical protocols, reduced fees and access to EU-funded research grants.

 

In June 2020 we announced that we had received guidance from the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in relation to the development pathway for ATH434 following the successful completion of its Phase 1 clinical trial. The pre-IND (Investigational New Drug) meeting was to obtain input on the clinical development plan for ATH434, including feedback on the Phase 2 study design.

 

We reached agreement with the FDA on the non-clinical investigations required to support the Phase 2 study.  In addition, the FDA agreed to key aspects of the Phase 2 study design including the proposed patient population, safety monitoring plan and strategy for evaluating drug exposure during the study.  

 

As there are currently no approved treatments for MSA and, therefore, no regulatory precedent regarding accepted efficacy endpoints, we agreed to work together with the FDA to develop an endpoint that is best suited for the MSA patients to be studied. The FDA has also encouraged us to utilise data from a natural history study that Alterity has planned with clinical and neuroimaging experts at Vanderbilt University Medical Center in the US.

 

This natural history study, referred to as bioMUSE, or biomarkers of Progression in Multiple System Atrophy, will enroll early stage MSA patients and track change in clinical parameters and biomarkers for up to one year. Natural history studies are important for characterizing disease progression over time in selected patient populations.  Well-conducted, these studies can provide vital information to optimize clinical trial design and inform the selection of biomarkers to evaluate target engagement of drug candidates.

 

27

 

 

In parallel with the US strategy, we are also pursuing a regulatory pathway in Europe and Australia.  Given the uncertainty of study conduct and recruitment in the COVID-19 era, and with the need to target sites that are minimally impacted, it is prudent to be flexible in identifying and recruiting sites around the world and maintaining optionality.  Planning is underway to meet with European authorities.

 

We have continued to build on our body of scientific evidence for ATH434 drug, with the presentation of pre-clinical evidence of ATH434 treatment for MSA at the International Congress of Parkinson’s Disease and Movement Disorders at Hong Kong in October 2018. The pre-clinical data demonstrated that ATH434 prevented α-synuclein aggregation, preserved neurons, decreased the number of glial cell inclusions and reduced motor impairment in an animal model of MSA. These findings are consistent with previous Parkinsonian disease animal models that have undergone ATH434 treatment.

 

In August 2020, we announced that new clinical and experimental pharmacology data has been selected for presentation at the 2020 International Congress of Parkinson’s Disease and Movement Disorders (MDS 2020) and the American Neurological Association’s 2020 Annual Meeting (ANA 2020). The new data were generated from an experiment testing ATH434 in an animal model of Multiple System Atrophy (MSA) in the laboratory of Dr. Nadia Stefanova, Professor of Translational Neurodegeneration Research at the Medical University of Innsbruck. It independently confirmed and extended previous findings demonstrating that ATH434 reduces α-synuclein pathology, preserves neurons, and improves motor performance. The new cardiac safety data to be presented are based on the evaluating electrical activity in the heart as measured by the QT interval. The data reinforces previous safety findings from the Phase 1 clinical study that ATH434 was generally well tolerated at all doses and had an adverse event profile comparable to placebo in adult and older adult volunteers. The data indicate that there is no evidence of cardiac liability at clinically tested doses.

 

PBT2

 

In November 2005, we successfully completed the first Phase I trial for PBT2, a double blind, placebo-controlled single dose escalation study, conducted on 55 healthy male volunteers between the ages of 18 and 50, which was designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of PBT2. Data from the study showed that PBT2 was well tolerated with little difference in the incidence of adverse events between those receiving PBT2 and those receiving the placebo. Additionally, the pharmacokinetic analysis demonstrated that the drug exposure increased/decreased predictably and in a linear manner, both of which are desirable characteristics for a central nervous system drug.

 

In February 2006, we completed the second Phase I safety clinical trial for PBT2. This trial was a multi-dose escalation trial of PBT2 conducted in elderly, healthy male and female volunteers completed in December 2005. Volunteers were dosed at a selected dose for seven days; the dose range was from 200mg to 800mg per day. Both Phase I trials demonstrated that PBT2 was well tolerated and suitable for progression to Phase II trials in patients with Alzheimer’s disease.

 

In February 2008, we reported the top line results of our three month double-blind, placebo-controlled safety and tolerability Phase IIa study of PBT2 in 80 elderly male and female patients with mild forms of Alzheimer’s disease. We announced that the trial primary endpoints of safety and tolerability were met and we also announced that with respect to the secondary endpoints, namely biomarker, cognition and behavioral changes, several significant and promising changes were observed. Specifically, that in the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), PBT2 treatment at a 250mg dose resulted in a significant decrease in the target Abeta 42 protein. In addition, at the 250mg dose, while no significant effect was observed with the ADAS-cog, two of the five NTB tests for improvement in executive function were significantly improved. In July 2008, the results of the Phase IIa trial were published in The Lancet Neurology journal.

 

In November 2009, an erratum to the July 2008 edition of The Lancet Neurology journal was published that corrected the original results of the NTB cognitive findings arising from the Phase IIa trial. The corrected results show that in addition to the two measures of executive cognitive function found to be significantly improved, the overall executive function domain of the NTB, comprising five cognitive tests, was significantly improved for those patients taking 250mg of PBT2 compared to patients on placebo. In April 2010, we published an analysis of the responses of individual patients treated with PBT2 in the Phase IIa clinical trial in the Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease. The analysis demonstrated that there was a significant probability that any patient that showed cognitive executive function improvement in the trial was being treated with 250mg of PBT2. Moreover, 81% of patients on the 250mg dose of PBT2 responded better on the executive function of the NTB score than the best performing patient on placebo. Improvement in ADAS-cog, a measure of memory and cognition, was observed with patients treated with 250mg of PBT2, almost reaching statistical significance by 12 weeks of the Phase IIa trial. The corrected cognitive data from the Phase IIa trial together with the additional analysis provides strong evidence of the ability of PBT2 to improve cognitive executive function as measured by the NTB.

 

28

 

 

Also in November 2009, we presented our pre-clinical and clinical information package on PBT2 to the FDA in accordance with the Pre-Investigational New Drug, or IND, Consultation Program. The meeting provided useful guidance on possible steps to take to open an IND Application with the FDA to undertake clinical trials in the United States in Alzheimer’s disease or Huntington disease. The meeting provided us with important information to help form our regulatory strategy for the development of PBT2 in these neurological indications.

 

In November 2011, we announced the approval from the Austin Health Research Ethics Committee based at the Austin Hospital in Melbourne, to commence a 12 month Phase II imaging trial with PBT2 in patients with prodromal or mild Alzheimer disease. The study was supported in part by a grant of U.S.$700,000 from the New York based Alzheimer's Drug Discovery Foundation, or ADDF. The trial entailed forty patients treated for twelve months with either 250mg PBT2 or a placebo. The trial was designed to investigate the effect of PBT2 on a patient’s beta amyloid burden in the brain as measured by Positron Emission Tomography imaging (PET), secondary endpoints included brain metabolic activity as measured by F-18-fluorodeoxyglucose, FDG - PET and brain volume by Magnetic Resonance Imaging, or MRI, and safety. No significant changes in the primary endpoint comparing beta amyloid burden as measured using the imaging agent, Pittsburgh compound B (PiB) in the 27 patients treated with 250mg PBT2 compared to the 15 patients on placebo. Confounding interpretation of the result was the observed overall decline in amyloid burden in the placebo group. No improvement was observed for the secondary endpoints including brain metabolic activity, cognitive and functional measures. However, for patients treated with PBT2 there was a trend towards preserving brain volume in the hippocampus compared to those patients on placebo. A key secondary endpoint was the safety profile of PBT2 after 52 weeks treatment – the longest duration of PBT2 exposure to date in a clinical trial. The adverse event profile of the treatment versus placebo group was equivalent and 40 of the 42 enrolled participants completed the 52 week trial. Participants were provided the option to continue treatment on PBT2 for a further 52 weeks in an open label study, the ‘IMAGINE Extension study’ and thirty three participants elected to do so with twenty-seven participants completing the IMAGINE Extension study. The independent Data Safety Monitoring Board did not identify any safety concerns related to PBT2 over the combined two year period of the IMAGINE and IMAGINE Extension studies. Unpublished analysis of the IMAGINE Extension data does not distinguish between 12 and 24 months of exposure to PBT2 on any of the measured trial outcomes. However, exploratory post-hoc information from the Extension phase suggest that for the cohort of 27 trial participants that completed all 24 months (11 of the 15 participants that started IMAGINE on placebo together with 16 of the 25 participants that remained on PBT2 for 24 months), the amyloid levels decreased in this cohort compared to an historical control group from the Australian Imaging Biomarker and Lifestyle (AIBL) study.

 

In late 2012 we finalized the enrolment to a Phase II trial to test PBT2 in patients with Huntington disease over six months. The trial, known as "Reach2HD", was undertaken under an open IND application through the FDA and was conducted in clinical sites across the United States and Australia. The Phase IIa trial design entailed a double blind placebo controlled study of 109 patients with early to mid-stage Huntington disease. The primary objective for the trial was safety and tolerability of PBT2 in this Huntington disease patient population. Secondary endpoints included the effect of PBT2 on cognition, behaviour, functional capacity, motor effects. In addition, a small (n=6) exploratory arm of the study, was undertaken under the guidance of the co-Principal Investigator of the study, Professor Diana Rosas, using MRI brain imaging to undertake iron mapping and volumetric assessment in a patient’s brain. Professor Rosas has published that iron and other metals change in concentration and distribution in the brain with increasing severity of the condition. This study was the first clinical trial with PBT2 in this patient population and the results were reported in February 2014. The primary objective of the study was achieved with PBT2 being demonstrated as safe and well tolerated in this first study of PBT2 in Huntington disease.

 

29

 

 

Cognition was pre-specified as the primary efficacy endpoint and was assessed using three Composite z-scores selected from individual tests; Category Fluency, Trail Making Test Part B, Map Search, Symbol Digit Modalities and Stroop Word Reading. The Main Cognition Composite – comprised of all five tests was not improved with treatment over the six months, nor was the Exploratory Cognition Composite – comprised of all five tests in addition to the Speeded Tapping Test. However, the Executive Function Composite, comprised of the Trail Making Test Part B and Category Fluency Test was significantly improved at 12 weeks (p=0.005) and trended towards improvement at 26 weeks (p=0.069). In the early stage Huntington disease patients, there was a significant improvement in the Executive Function composite (p=0.038). Of particular note, the Trail Making Test Part B of itself was significantly improved at 12 weeks (p=0.001) and at 26 weeks (p=0.042).

 

There were no significant findings in the other secondary endpoints although there was a small but positive signal in the Total Functional Capacity score. Interestingly, while the MRI did not detect changes in brain iron distribution in the study, the rate of brain cortical tissue thinning was greater in the placebo group compared to the two combined PBT2 treatment groups (100mg and 250mg).

 

In September 2014, we announced that PBT2 had been granted Orphan Drug designation in the treatment of Huntington disease by the FDA. Orphan Drug designation confers a number of incentives to drug developers including increased facilitation of communication with regulators to achieve concurrence on the development of the Orphan drug towards market approval. To achieve Orphan Drug designation, it must be established that the disease indication is of relatively low prevalence, that there is no existing comparable treatment option for patients and that the drug offers a plausible treatment. In June 2015, the European Commission approved Orphan Drug designation for PBT2 for the treatment of Huntington disease, stating that we have shown that PBT2 might be of significant benefit for patients with Huntington disease. The approval was based on the recommendation of a positive opinion from the EMA Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products.

 

During 2015 and 2016, three new PBT2 Phase 1 trials were successfully completed. The data from these trials have provided further safety, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information on PBT2 and will assist in the design of Phase 3 protocols for PBT2. These Phase 1 studies comprised:

 

A drug to drug interaction study, ‘PBT2-104’. Based on in vitro metabolism studies indicating that PBT2 is both a substrate for, and an inhibitor of, CYP1A2, this study was designed to investigate the potential for drug to drug interactions in healthy volunteers when PBT2 is concurrently administered with other agents metabolized by this CYP450 isozyme. 
A food interaction Study, PBT2-103’. Healthy volunteers were randomized into 2 dosing groups; one which was administered 250mg PBT2 after a 12 hour fast, the other which was administered 250mg PBT2 after a prescribed FDA meal. Blood samples were taken over multiple time points over 24 hours to determine the pharmacokinetic profile of PBT2 and its metabolites.
Evaluation of the three pharmacokinetic parameters, absorption, metabolism and excretion (ADME) of [C]-PBT2 and to estimate the Absolute Bioavailability of PBT2 in healthy volunteers, ‘PBT2-102’ to understand the passage of the drug in humans after administration.

 

Notwithstanding the clinical safety demonstrated to date with PBT2 in our Phase II programs in Alzheimer’s disease and Huntington disease, in February 2015 we reported that the FDA had placed PBT2 on Partial Clinical Hold, or PCH, based on particular nonclinical neurotoxicology findings in a dog study. These dog findings limit the dose of PBT2 that we can use in future trials. With the assistance of third party specialist pharmacometricians, clinical safety physicians and clinical pharmacologists, we have undertaken extensive safety analyses to characterize the behavior of PBT2 drug exposure in the dog and human and how this translates to the comparative safety profile in the dog relative to humans. Based on the emerging strong safety profile for PBT2, we have prepared a robust safety monitoring plan for future trials in Huntington disease. These plans, the pharmacological evidence and a Phase 3 protocol were submitted to the FDA in 2016 as part of our response to the PCH and to the Swedish Medical Products Agency (MPA) and the United Kingdom’s Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) for non-binding scientific advice. The collective response from the FDA and advice from the European regulators was that more characterization of the nature of the dog neurotoxicity findings and its reversibility would be required to support the future development of PBT2 in Huntington disease. We are considering our options to continue development of PBT2, which may include conducting further toxicology studies, investigating the utility of lower doses and/or clinical development of PBT2 in alternative therapeutic indications.

 

30

 

 

Patents and Licenses

 

Patent Matters

 

Patent matters in biotechnology are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, the availability and breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents cannot be predicted. Statutory differences in patentable subject matter may limit the protection we can obtain on some or all of our inventions outside Australia or prevent us from obtaining patent protection outside Australia, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, methods of treating humans are not patentable in many countries outside Australia and the United States. Moreover, since patent applications are not published until at least 18 months from their first filing date and the publication of discoveries in the scientific literature often lags behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that we or any of our licensors were the first creator of inventions covered by pending patent applications or that we or our licensors were the first to file patent applications for such inventions. Additionally, the grant and enforceability of a patent is dependent on a number of factors that may vary between jurisdictions. These factors may include the novelty of the invention, the requirement that the invention not be obvious in the light of prior art (including prior use or publication of the invention), the utility of the invention, and the extent to which the patent clearly describes the best method of working the invention.

 

While we intend to seek patent protection for our therapeutic candidate products and technologies, we cannot be certain that any of the pending or future patent applications filed by us or on our behalf will be approved, or that we will develop additional proprietary products or processes that are patentable or that we will be able to license any other patentable products or processes. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop similar products or processes, duplicate any of the products or processes developed or being developed by us or licensed to us, or design around the patents owned or licensed by us, or that any patents owned or licensed by us will provide us with competitive advantages. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that patents held by third parties will not prevent the commercialization of products incorporating the technology developed by us or licensed to us, or that third parties will not challenge or seek to narrow, invalidate or circumvent any of the issued, pending or future patents owned or licensed by us.

 

Our commercial success will also depend, in part, on our ability to avoid infringement of patents issued to others. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that we were infringing any third party patents, we could be required to pay damages, alter our products or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. We cannot be certain that the licenses required under patents held by third parties would be made available on terms acceptable to us or at all. To the extent that we are unable to obtain such licenses, we could be foreclosed from the development, export, manufacture or commercialization of the product requiring such license or encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to design around such patents, and any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may have to resort to litigation to enforce any patents issued or licensed to us or to determine the scope and validity of third party proprietary rights. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of effort by us. We may have to participate in opposition proceedings before the Australian Patent and Trademark Office or another foreign patent office, or in interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, to determine the priority of invention for patent applications filed by competitors. Any such litigation, interference or opposition proceeding, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time consuming, and adverse determinations in any such proceedings could prevent us from developing, manufacturing or commercializing our products and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to patent protection, we rely on unpatented trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information as well as proprietary technological innovation and expertise. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how, including entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, and confidential information and inventions agreements with employees, consultants and advisers, third parties may still obtain this information or come upon this same or similar information independently.

 

Patent Portfolio

 

Since June 30, 2019 we have continued to advance our patent portfolio.

 

31

 

 

The Company’s previously reported March 2019 provisional patent application, that exemplifies in excess of 180 novel compounds matured on 13 March 2020 to a PCT application and also to a United States complete application. On 18 June 2020 Alterity Therapeutics filed another application for a patent that claims another 60 compounds novel compounds. Alterity Therapeutics is confident of securing both composition of matter and methods of treating diseases claims in both these patents.

 

In the past 12 months the Company has advanced those of its patent families that are pending registration, and continues to maintain those of its patent families that comprise mostly of granted patents, as described below.

 

Patent   Status   Invention  
         
“8-Hydroxyquinoline Derivatives” Filed: July 16, 2003   Patents in Europe, the USA, New Zealand, Canada, Japan, Russia, Singapore, South Korea, Australia, Israel, China, Mexico and South Africa have been Granted. A patent in Hong Kong has been registered.   The invention is directed to chemical scaffolds of the 8-Hydroxyquinoline metal protein attenuating compounds (MPAC) class and their utility in the treatment of neurological conditions.  
         
“Neurologically-Active Compounds” Filed: October 3 , 2003   Patents in the USA, New Zealand, Canada, Japan, Mexico, India, Australia, China, South Korea, Japan, Israel, South Africa and Singapore have been Granted. A case has been Granted in Europe and has been validated in separate countries. A patent in Hong Kong has been registered.   The invention is directed to alternative MPAC chemical structures and their utility in the treatment of neurological conditions.  
         
“Neurologically- Active Compounds” Filed: April 1, 2005   Patents have been Granted in Singapore, Japan, Mexico, Russia, Australia, the USA, China, Canada, Europe, India, South Korea, Israel, New Zealand and South Africa. A case has been Granted in Europe and has been validated in separate countries. A patent in Hong Kong has been registered.   The invention is directed to ‘F4’ MPAC chemical structures and their utility in the treatment of neurological conditions and includes Parkinson’s Disease lead compounds.  
         
“Method of treatment and prophylaxis and agents useful for same" Filed: April 13, 2007   Patents have been Granted in Australia, Singapore, South Africa, Canada, Japan, Israel, China and New Zealand and the USA. A case has been Granted in Europe and has been validated in separate countries. An application is under examination in Brazil.   This invention was originally filed to claim the use of MPAC compounds for the treatment of Age related Macular Degeneration.  
         
“A method of prophylaxis or treatment and agents for same”. Filed: June 22, 2007   A patent has been Granted in the USA, China, Australia, Canada and Japan. A case has been Granted in Europe and has been validated in separate countries.   This invention is directed to novel MPAC compounds and compounds for treating certain brain cancers.  

 

32

 

 

Patent   Status   Invention  
         
“Quinazolinone compounds” Filed: 24 December 2008   Patents have been Granted in Japan, Australia, Europe and the USA.   This invention is directed to novel MPAC compounds and to selected MPAC’s used in the treatment of Parkinson’s Disease. Particularly new 2,3 disubstituted F4 compounds.
         

“4H-Pyrido(1,2-a)

Pyrimidin-4-one compounds” Filed: 2 December 2015

  PCT National phase patent applications has been filed in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, EA, EU, India, Japan, Malaysia, NZ, Korea and the USA. A case in the USA has proceed to Grant.   This invention is directed to novel MPAC compounds for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases. Particularly new ‘F3’ compounds.
         
“Method of treating immunoglobulin light chain amyloidosis” Filed: 1 July 2016   A PCT patent application has entered National Phase and awaits examination.   This invention is directed to the treatment of light chain amyloidosis with a known compound.
         
“Compounds for Methods of Treating Diseases” Filed 13 March 2020   A PCT application has been filed.   This invention is directed to 180 novel compounds and for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases.
         
“A method of the production of 2-substituted-3H-quinazolin-4-ones-I” Filed: 20 March 2020   An Australian provisional application has been refiled.   This invention is directed to synthetic routes for making quinazolinone compounds.
         
“A method of the production of 2-substituted-3H-quinazolin-4-ones-II” Filed: 20 March 2020   An Australian provisional application has been refiled.   This invention is directed to synthetic routes for making quinazolinone compounds.
         
“Compounds for Methods of Treating Diseases” Filed 18 June 2020   An Australian provisional patent application has been filed.   This invention is also directed to 80 novel compounds and for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases.

 

33

 

 

Competition

 

The pharmaceutical industry is extremely competitive. We believe that we will face competition in differing levels of intensity in all of the areas in which we are conducting research. ATH434, if approved for the treatment of MSA, may compete in a highly competitive market. Our competitors, which are located worldwide, are numerous and include, among others, major pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology firms, universities and other research institutions. These competitors may develop technologies and products that are more effective than any that we are developing, or which would render our technology and products obsolete or non-competitive. Many of these competitors have greater financial, research and screening capabilities, technical resources and manufacturing and marketing capabilities than we do. In addition, many of our competitors may have more experience than we do in non-clinical and human clinical trials of new or improved drugs, as well as in obtaining FDA, EMA, TGA and other regulatory approvals. We cannot provide assurance that we can compete effectively with these other competitor companies.

 

There are currently no approved drugs for the treatment of Multiple system atrophy (MSA). If we are able to successfully develop ATH434 and gain approval for the treatment of MSA, we may compete with the following drug candidates which are in development:

 

BHV-3241 (Formerly AZD-3241). This product is being developed by Biohaven, who licensed it from AstraZeneca after a failed Phase 2 study in MSA. It is thought to act by inhibiting the enzyme myeloperoxidase. A Phase 3 study is ongoing.

Anle138b. This product is being developed by Modag, GmBH and is thought to act by dissolving aggregated forms of the alpha-synuclein protein. They have recently completed a Phase 1 study.

BIIB101. This product is being developed by Biogen and is thought to act by interfering with the synthesis of the alpha-synuclein protein. The product is administered by direct injection into cerebrospinal fluid. A phase 1 study recently started.

PD04. This product is being developed by Affiris. The product is a vaccine designed to elicit an immune response to alpha-synuclein and it is in the preclinical stage.

 

Regulatory Considerations

 

Our ongoing research and development activities are, and the production and marketing of our pharmaceutical product candidates derived from those activities will be, subject to regulation by human research ethics committees and institutional research boards, as well as numerous governmental authorities in Australia, principally the TGA, the FDA in the United States, the MHRA in the United Kingdom and the EMA in Europe. Prior to marketing, any therapeutic product developed must undergo rigorous pre-clinical testing and clinical trials, as well as an extensive regulatory approval process mandated by the TGA and, to the extent that any of our pharmaceutical products under development are marketed abroad, by foreign regulatory agencies, including the FDA, EMA and MHRA.

 

Clinical trials can take many years to complete and require the expenditure of substantial resources. The length of time varies substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use of the product candidate. We cannot make any assurances that once clinical trials are completed by us or a collaborative partner, we will be able to submit as scheduled a marketing approval request to the applicable governmental regulatory authority, or that such request and application will be reviewed and cleared by such governmental authority in a timely manner, or at all. Although we intend to make use of fast-track and abbreviated regulatory approval programs when possible and commercially appropriate, we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain the clearances and approvals necessary for clinical testing or for manufacturing and marketing our pharmaceutical products candidates. Delays in obtaining regulatory approvals could adversely affect the development and commercialization of our pharmaceutical product candidates and could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

34

 

 

During the course of clinical trials and non-clinical studies, including toxicology studies, product candidates may exhibit unforeseen and unacceptable drug-related toxicities or side effects. If any unacceptable toxicities or side effects were to occur, we may, or regulatory authorities may require us to, interrupt, limit, delay or abort the development of our potential products. In addition, unacceptable toxicities could ultimately prevent the clearance of our product candidates by human research ethics committees, institutional research boards, the TGA, EMA, FDA or other regulatory authority for any or all targeted indications. Even after being cleared by a regulatory authority, any of our products may later be shown to be unsafe or not to have its purported effect, thereby preventing widespread use or requiring withdrawal from the market. We cannot make any assurances that PBT2, PBT434 or any other product candidates will be safe or effective when administered to patients.

 

Manufacturing and Raw Materials

 

The manufacture of pharmaceutical products is complex and requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. We and our contract manufacturers must comply with GMP regulations and guidelines. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products often encounter difficulties in production, particularly in scaling up and validating initial production. These problems include difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the product, quality assurance testing, operator error, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced federal, state and foreign regulations. We cannot make any assurances that we will be able to manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidate in a cost-effective or timely manner. Any delays in production would delay our nonclinical and human clinical trials, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also cannot make any assurances that we will be able to enter into collaborative or contracting arrangements on acceptable terms with third party manufacturers that will meet our requirements for quality, quantity and timeliness.

 

We expect that we will be required to design and develop new synthetic pathways and formulations for most, if not all, of the products that we currently intend to develop or may develop in the future. We cannot predict the success of such efforts, the purity of the products that may be obtained or the nature of the impurities that may result from such efforts. If we are not able to obtain a suitable formulation or an acceptable purity for any product candidate or an acceptable product specification, nonclinical and clinical trials would be delayed, which could adversely affect the priority of the development of our product candidates, our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot guarantee that it will be possible to scale up new synthetic processes or make the necessary validated process improvements to provide sufficient quantities of drug substance for clinical drug trials, which could indefinitely delay the initiation of clinical trials utilizing drug substance. We also cannot guarantee that the drug substance will be suitable for high throughput drug product manufacturing. This may adversely impact the cost of goods or feasibility of market scale manufacture.

 

C.Organizational Structure

 

We have two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Alterity Therapeutics Inc. and Alterity Therapeutics UK Limited, incorporated in the United States and the United Kingdom, respectively.

 

D.Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Our executive offices are located at Level 3, 460 Bourke Street, Melbourne, VIC 3000, Australia, where we occupy approximately 223 square meters. The lease for the facility, which originally expires on September 17, 2020, and now has been extended till December 17, 2020, with an annual rent of A$75,820. Our United States office is located at Suite 360, 39899 Balentine Drive, Newark, California 94560, USA, where we occupy approximately 911 square feet. The lease for the facility, which expires on October 31, 2020, has an annual rent of U.S.$30,063. The Company also utilizes a facility at 30 Flemington Rd, Parkville, VIC 3010 where we occupy approximately 44 square meters. The lease for the facility which expires on 31 July 2021 has an annual rent of A$15,563.

 

35

 

 

ITEM 4A.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5.OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

The following discussion and analysis includes certain forward-looking statements with respect to the business, financial condition and results of operations of our company. The words "estimate," "project,” “intend," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements, including those risk factors contained in Item 3.D. of this annual report. You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this annual report.

 

A.Operating results

 

Background

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia on November 11, 1997. The principal listing of our ordinary shares and listed options to purchase our ordinary shares is on the ASX. From September 5, 2002 until April 8, 2019, our ADSs traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PRAN”. On April 8, 2019 we changed our name to Alterity Therapeutics Limited and our ADSs have traded under the symbol “ATHE” since that date.

 

Our consolidated financial statements appearing in this annual report comply with IFRS as issued by IASB. In this annual report, all references to “U.S. dollars” or “U.S.$” are to the currency of the United States, and all references to “Australian dollars” or “A$” are to the currency of Australia. All of our revenues are generated in Australian dollars, except for interest earned on foreign currency bank accounts, and the majority of our expenses are incurred in Australian dollars.

 

Overview

 

We are a development stage enterprise at an early to mid-stage in the development of our pharmaceutical products that are designed to treat the underlying causes of neurodegeneration of the brain. We have incurred net losses since inception and expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the next several years as we expand our research and development activities and move our product candidates into later stages of development. All of our product candidates are in discovery phase or early and mid-stage of development and we face the risks of failure inherent in developing drugs based on new technologies. The process of carrying out the development of our products to later stages of development may require significant additional research and development expenditures, including nonclinical testing and clinical trials, as well as for obtaining regulatory approval. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities, proceeds from the exercise of options, government grants, licensing and research collaborations and interest income.

 

Since completing our initial public offering and listing process on the ASX on March 28, 2000, we have concentrated our resources toward the pursuit of our disease targets. We have completed four Phase I studies of PBT2 and a Phase IIa clinical trial for PBT2 in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. We have completed the “IMAGINE” Phase II biomarker imaging trial in Alzheimer’s disease and a fifty-two week open label IMAGINE Extension study and the “Reach2HD” Phase IIa trial in Huntington disease. In 2019 completed a Phase I clinical trial of ATH434 (formerly PBT434) in healthy volunteers. For details regarding clinical trials for our lead compounds, see Item 4.B. “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Clinical Trials for Our Product Candidates.”

 

36

 

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB. As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that management believes are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. The significant accounting policies listed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements that management believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations under IFRS are discussed below.

 

Going concern basis. We are a development stage medical biotechnology company and as such expects to be utilizing cash until our research activities have become marketable. We have incurred recurring losses since inception including a loss of $13,456,800 in the year ended June 30, 2020 (2019: $12,337,830) and an operating cash outflow of $9,431,122 in fiscal 2020 (2019: $13,954,818). We expect to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future and will need to raise additional capital to continue the development of our planned research and development programs, and as a result, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of our assets and the satisfaction of our liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

Our continuing viability is subject to our ability to raise additional capital to finance the continuation of our planned research and development programs, maintaining implemented cost containment and deferment strategies, and successfully commercializing our initiatives. We intend to raise new equity funding within the next six months to enable progression of our planned research and development programs, however there is uncertainty associated with our ability to successfully raise such funds in the time and amounts needed to meet our requirements.

 

The inability to obtain funding, as and when needed, would have a negative impact on our financial condition and ability to pursue our business strategies. If we are unable to obtain the required funding to operate and to develop and commercialize our product candidates, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of our research and development programs, which would adversely affect our business prospects.

 

Management and the directors believe that we will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the financial report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern and that the we may be unable to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

References to matters that may cast significant doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern also raise substantial doubt as contemplated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards.  

 

Research and development payments. Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognized as an expense when incurred. Where no internally generated intangible assets can be recognized, development expenditure is recognized as an expense in the period as incurred. Development costs are capitalized if and only if, all of the following are demonstrated:

 

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

 

Internally-generated intangible assets, capitalized development costs, are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

 

37

 

 

Share-based payments. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Fair value is measured by use of the Black-Scholes model (for options without market conditions) or the Barrier Pricing model (for options with market conditions). The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, and behavioural considerations. The date used to value share-based payments for non-employees may be different to the grant date used to value employee share-based payments where service conditions apply. The fair value of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each tranche of equity, based on our estimate of equity that will eventually vest.

 

Significant Costs and Expenses

 

Research and development expenses. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of expenses for contracted research and development activities conducted by third parties on our behalf. Research and development expenses also include costs associated with the acquisition, development of patents and salaries and fees paid to employees and consultants involved in research and development activities.

 

General and administration expenses. Our general and administration expenses consist of (i) personnel expenses such as directors’ fees, salaries and benefits paid to employees and officers and equity-based payments awarded to directors, officers and employees; (ii) auditor and accounting expenses which are fees paid to our auditors for services related to annual reports and interim reports filed or submitted in Australia and the United States and fees paid to other accounting firms in respect of tax and other accounting advice; (iii) public relations and marketing expenses which are fees paid to outside consultants for services related to ASX and NASDAQ announcements and presentations; (iv) depreciation expenses; and (v) other administrative and office expenses.

 

Intellectual property expenses. Our intellectual property expenses consist of fees paid to our outside counsel for legal fees associated with patent applications and for the defense of patents.

 

Other gains and losses. Other gains and losses consist of foreign exchange gain (loss) which are the net unrealized gain or loss on cash balances and trade and other payables held in foreign currencies (primarily U.S. dollars, British Pounds and Euros) as well as net realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions.

 

COVID-19

 

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) emerged in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. While initially the outbreak was largely concentrated in China and caused significant disruptions to its economy, it has now spread globally.

 

The jurisdictions in which we conduct our business have imposed mandates and regulations or suggested measures to counter the spread of the COVID-19 virus and control the level of the pandemic within its population and the economic activities of their respective economies. These collectively have changed over the course of the pandemic and are expected to continue to evolve in response to the changing nature of the pandemic and the population and economic response to the virus and the many different measures prompted by the pandemic. We have been affected in a number of ways, such as the way in which we operate our headquarters operations, our interaction with our scientists and their activities, and planning for and carrying out clinical trials, all of which have experienced some short-term disruption and may suffer long-term changes in the way we will do business. Actions such as government lock downs have slowed or, in some cases, temporarily stopped research and development activities and clinical trials. Various safety protocols for personal interactions may hamper research and development activities.

 

In addition to the government mandates for controlling the many different health and economic effects of the COVID-19 virus and pandemic, individual institutions with which we work, such as hospitals, laboratories and educational institutions have taken actions that will disrupt the progress of our business plans for the Company and our individual subsidiaries. Most educational institutions and many laboratories curtailed or limited access to their facilities in the first half of the 2020 year and are still working out how they will operate going forward; we are expecting that going forward there will be strict limitations on access to these institutions and facilities for our researchers and research partners. Overall, changes in the way our development activities can be conducted will result in delays in our conducting research activities, carrying out clinical trials and making regulatory submissions. The financial effect will be that our development expenses will increase and we will have to obtain additional capital funding. Any required additional equity funding will be dilutive to the equity of our investors and debt financing will have restrictive covenants that could adversely affect our business plans and operational objectives. Any further funding that we may need may not be available or even if available it may not be on terms that are acceptable to the Company.

 

38

 

 

Results of Operations

 

Year ended June 30, 2020 compared to year ended June 30, 2019

 

Interest income

 

Interest income decreased to A$17,117 for the year ended June 30, 2020 from A$108,538 for the year ended June 30, 2019, a decrease of A$91,421, or 84.2%. The decrease in interest income is primarily attributable to the lower interest rates, lower Australian dollar cash balances and lower utilization of longer-term interest-bearing deposits during the current fiscal year.

 

Other Income

 

We had other income of A$4,951,167 for the year ending 30 June 2019 relating to eligible research and development activities on which we are entitled to a 43.5% refundable offset under an Australian tax incentive that was introduced on July1, 2011. The receivable as at 30 June 2019 was subsequently received as cash in the current period. As per the prior period, and under the same sets of facts, we have applied to the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) for a determination regarding our eligibility to receive the R&D Tax Incentive as a refundable cash offset. While a formal determination has not yet been made with respect to our application, we have been advised by the ATO that it is their preliminary view that we may not receive the tax incentive as a refundable cash offset under the applicable regulations. We are considering our options, including appealing an unfavorable decision if received. Nevertheless we have not recognized a receivable and other income of $3,363,433 relating to eligible expenditure for the year ended June 30, 2020.

 

We had other income of A$122,729 for the year ended June 30, 2020 relating to government assistance received during the year, from the Australian Governments (at both federal and state level), in response to the economic and financial challenges in the current economy due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Our research and development expenses decreased to A$10,098,439 for the year ended June 30, 2020 from A$12,983,185 for the year ended June 30, 2019, a decrease of A$2,884,746, or 22.2%. The decrease is attributable to the decrease in activity in relation to the conduct of our Phase 1 study of our lead product candidate ATH434 which concluded in fiscal year 2019.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses decreased to A$3,446,139 for the year ended June 30, 2020 from A$4,308,352 for the year ended June 30, 2019, a decrease of A$862,213, or 20%. The decrease is attributable to reduced travel, office operating and business development costs, which were attributable in part to the restrictions imposed as a result of the spread of COVID-19.

 

Intellectual property expenses

 

Intellectual property expenses, which include patent portfolio costs and intellectual property related legal costs, increased to A$352,922 for the year ended June 30, 2020 from A$322,097 for the year ended June 30, 2019, an increase of A$30,825, or 9.6%.

 

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

 

We recorded a foreign exchange gain of A$333,055 for the year ended June 30, 2020 compared to a foreign exchange gain of A$349,064 for the year ended June 30, 2019. Foreign exchange gain (loss) reflects the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash that we hold in U.S. dollars, British Pounds and Euros. In the 2020 and 2019 fiscal years, the Australian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar and Euro, which had a favorable impact on the Australian dollar value of our cash held in U.S. dollars and Euro. In the 2020 fiscal year, we incurred a foreign exchange gain of A$262,977 attributable to the cash balances that we held in U.S. dollars, and a foreign exchange gain of A$70,078 attributable to foreign currency transactions. In the 2019 fiscal year, we incurred a foreign exchange gain of A$403,879 attributable to the cash balances that we held in U.S. dollars, and a foreign exchange loss of A$54,815 attributable to foreign currency transactions.

 

39

 

 

For a comparison of our results of operations between year ended June 30, 2019 and year ended June 2018, see Item 5.A. “ Results of Operations” of our annual report on Form 20-F as filed on August 30, 2019.

 

Inflation and Seasonality

 

Management believes inflation has not had a material impact on our company’s operations or financial condition and that our operations are not currently subject to seasonal influences.

 

Conditions in Australia

 

We are incorporated under the laws of, and our principal offices and research and development facilities are located in, the Commonwealth of Australia. Therefore, we are directly affected by political and economic conditions in Australia. See Item 3.D. “Key Information – Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Our Location in Australia” for a description of factors that could materially affect our operations.

 

Recently Issued International Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

 

New and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued and effective

 

We have adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach with an effective date of 1 July 2019, but has not restated comparatives, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions in the standard. The reclassifications and the adjustments arising from the new leasing rules are therefore recognized in the opening balance sheet on 1 July 2019.

 

On adoption of IFRS 16, we recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as ‘operating leases’ under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of 1 July 2019. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 1 July 2019 was 5.20%.

 

The associated right-of use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognized in the balance sheet as of June 30, 2020. There were no onerous lease contracts that would have required an adjustment to the right-of-use assets at the date of initial application.

 

In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, we have used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

 

the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous

the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as of July 1, 2019 as short-term leases, and

the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

 

We have also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date we relied on our assessment made applying IAS 17 and Interpretation 4 Determining whether an arrangement contains a Lease.

 

40

 

 

On impact of adoption, the right-of-use assets of A$88,477 are classified under right-of-use assets in the consolidated statement of financial position. The corresponding current lease liability of A$77,665 and the non-current lease liability of A$17,073.

 

B.Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We are a development stage company, have had no sales income to date and as of June 30, 2020, our accumulated deficit totaled A$154,419,061. We had A$ 9,196,892 of cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2020, compared to A$ 14,399,904 as of June 30, 2019. From inception until our initial public offering in March 2000 we financed our operations primarily through borrowings from two of our then directors, which were repaid from the proceeds of such offering. Since our initial public offering, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of equity securities, proceeds from the exercise of options, government grants, licensing and research collaborations and interest earned on investments. During the period from 2001 to 2006, we were awarded government grants in the aggregate amount of A$3.3 million.

 

In September 2009, we raised A$6.0 million before costs in a private placement to one of our institutional shareholders in the United States of 30 million ordinary shares (equivalent to 500,000 ADSs on a post reverse ratio basis) at a price of A$0.20 per share (A$12 per ADS on a post reverse ratio basis)). We also agreed to grant the investor, subject to shareholder approval, options to purchase 10 million ordinary shares (equivalent to one million ADSs) at an exercise price of A$0.30 per share (A$18 per ADS on a post reverse ratio basis)) that would expire four years after the date of the issuance of the shares in the September 2013 private placement. We also issued to the investor, based on an agreed upon formula, an additional 750,000 ordinary shares pursuant to the approval of our shareholders obtained in November 2009.

 

In July 2010, we raised A$1.15 million (U.S.$1.0 million) before costs in a private placement of 7.065 million of our ordinary shares (equivalent to 117,750 ADSs on a post reverse ratio basis)) to Quintiles, at a price of A$0.1624 per ordinary share (U.S.$9.74 per ADS on a post reverse ratio basis).

 

On February 21, 2011, the ADDF awarded us a grant of U.S.$700,000, to be provided in two equal instalments over two years. The purpose of the grant was to support a Phase II imaging trial with PBT2 to investigate the effect of PBT2 on the deposition of beta-amyloid in the brains of patients with mild Alzheimer’s disease The ADDF is based in New York and functions on a venture philanthropy model. We issued a convertible promissory note to the ADDF in the principal amount of the grant and a five-year warrant to purchase 612,397 ordinary shares of our company at a price per share of A$0.17 (equivalent to U.S.$0.169), being the closing pricing of our ordinary shares on the ASX on the date of our agreement with ADDF. We also agreed to issue an additional five-year warrant to purchase U.S. $105,000 of our ordinary shares at a price per share equal to the closing price of our ordinary shares on the ASX on the date the second instalment of U.S.$350,000 was paid. The note was repaid in full.

 

In March 2011, we completed a private placement of our securities to institutional investors for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately A$6.12 million. Under the terms of the offering, we sold an aggregate of approximately 27.2 million ordinary shares (equivalent to 453,333ADSs) at a price of A$0.225 per share (A$13.5 per ADS on a post reverse ratio basis). We also granted to the investors options to purchase up to an aggregate of approximately 6.8 million ordinary shares (equivalent to 113,333 ADSs) at an exercise price of A$0.225 per share (A$13.2 per ADS on a post reverse ratio basis) that expired .

 

In June 2011, we completed a private placement of 5.69 million of our ordinary shares to institutional investors and Quintiles Limited, at a price of A$0.225 per share, for aggregate gross process of approximately A$1.28 million (U.S.$1.4 million). We also granted the investors options to purchase 1.42 million ordinary shares at an exercise price of A$0.225 per share that expired on March 24, 2015.

 

41

 

 

In July 2011, we entered into an At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement with McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC, now known as MLV & Co. LLC, We issued 2,785,221 million ADSs on a post reverse ratio basis under the At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement for gross proceeds of A$39.4 million. On November 26, 2014 we entered into Amendment No.2 to our At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement to continue the at-the-market equity program. We sold 749,242 of our ADSs on a post reverse ratio basis for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately A$7.11 million (U.S.$5.54 million) through this facility.

 

In October 2012, we raised approximately A$6.0 million through a private placement of 32.5 million ordinary shares (equivalent to 0.54 million ADSs on a post reverse ratio basis) at a price of A$0.185 per ordinary share. The capital was raised in order to support our two ongoing Phase II clinical trials, the IMAGINE trial and Reach2HD trial.

 

In March 2013, we completed a private placement of 36.0 million ordinary shares to Australian institutions and high net worth investors, at a price of A$0.195 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately A$7 million.

 

On October 13, 2016, we entered into an At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co. and Jones Trading Institutional Services LLC, which was amended on November 8, 2017. We have raised US$ 5,124,764 under this program.

 

On December 28, 2018, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Life Biosciences whereby Life Biosciences agreed to invest US$7.5 million in our company. Following shareholder approval, this investment was completed on April 8, 2019 with the issuance of 269,905,533 ordinary shares at an issue price of A$0.039 per share and 539,811,066 warrants each with an exercise price of A$0.045 per share and expiring on December 19, 2019. These warrants expired, unexercised.

 

As of June 30, 2020, we had a total of 21.55 million unlisted, unexercised options outstanding. The options have exercise prices ranging from A$0.07 to A$0.11. If all unlisted options were exercised, we would receive consideration of A$2.07 million in total.

 

From inception to June 30, 2020, our capital expenditures have totaled A$744,388, consisting of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, fit-out costs and laboratory equipment that is being used in connection with our research facility at the University of Melbourne. Capital expenditures for equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 3 to 20 years, with a net balance as of June 30, 2020 of A$ 39,503. We currently do not have significant capital spending requirements, but we expect to continue to engage in capital spending consistent with anticipated growth in our operations and personnel.

 

We believe that Australian Government tax incentive scheme relating to eligible research and development activities, introduced on July 1, 2011, will provide us with significant benefits in future years. Such eligible R&D activities include but are not limited to:

 

Core activities, which are experimental activities whose outcome cannot be known or determined in advance, but can only be determined by applying a systematic progression of work;

Core activities conducted for the purpose of generating new knowledge (including new knowledge in the form of new or improved processes and materials); or

Supporting activities that are directly related and designed to support the above).

 

Under the research and development tax incentive scheme, entities with an aggregated turnover for the income year of less than A$20 million will be entitled to a 43.5% refundable tax incentive. As per the prior period, and under the same sets of facts, we have applied to the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) for a determination regarding our eligibility to receive the R&D Tax Incentive as a refundable cash offset. While a formal determination has not yet been made with respect to our application, we have been advised by the ATO that it is their preliminary view that we may not receive the tax incentive as a refundable cash offset under the applicable regulations. We are considering our options, including appealing an unfavorable decision if received, nevertheless we have not recognized a receivable and other income of $3,363,433 relating to eligible expenditure for the year ended June 30, 2020.

 

42

 

 

We have incurred recurring losses since inception, including an operating loss of A$13.5 million and A$12.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and an operating cash outflow of A$9.4 million and A$14.0 million, respectively. We expect to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future and will need to raise additional capital to continue the development of our planned research and development programs. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents on hand as of June 30, 2020 of A$ 9,196,892 is sufficient to meet our forecast cash outflows for, at least six months from the date of this report, and as a result, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of our assets and the satisfaction of our liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

Our continuing viability is subject to our ability to raise additional capital to finance the continuation of our planned research and development programs, maintaining implemented cost containment and deferment strategies, and successfully commercializing our initiatives. We intend to raise new equity funding within the next six months to enable progression of our planned research and development programs, however there is uncertainty associated with our ability to successfully raise such funds in the time and amounts needed to meet our requirements.

 

The inability to obtain funding, as and when needed, would have a negative impact on our financial condition and ability to pursue our business strategies. If we are unable to raise the required funding to operate and develop and commercialize our produce candidates, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of our research and development programs, which would adversely affect our business prospects.

 

Management and the directors believe that the Group will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the financial report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern and that the Group may be unable to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

References to matters that may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern also raise substantial doubt as contemplated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards.  

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

   Year ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   (A$) 
Net cash (used) in operating activities   (9,431,122)   (13,954,818)   (6,245,188)
Net cash used in investing activities   (16,744)   (7,022)   (18,417)
Net cash generated from(used) in financing activities   3,981,877    12,722,309    (107,678)
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (5,465,989)   (1,239,531)   (6,371,284)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   14,399,904    15,235,556    21,884,957 
Exchange rate adjustments on cash held in foreign currencies   262,977    403,879    (278,118)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   9,196,892    14,399,904    15,235,556 

 

Net cash used in operating activities was A$9,431,122, A$13,954,818 and A$6,245,188 during the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Our payments to suppliers and employees during the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were A$14,363,974, A$17,325,579 and A$9,466,459, respectively. Our operating activity receipts for the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 of A$ 4,824,880, A$3,251,672, and A$3,022,673 consisted of R&D tax incentive refunds and interest. The A$2,961,605 decrease in payments to suppliers and employees for the year ended June 30, 2020 when compared to the year ended June 30, 2019 reflects the decrease in activity since the end of the fiscal year 2019 due to the conclusion of the Phase 1 study of ATH434 during the prior period. The A$7,859,120 increase in payments to suppliers and employees for the year ended June 30, 2019 when compared to the year ended June 30, 2018 reflects the increase in activity at the end of the fiscal year due to the conduct of the Phase 1 study of ATH434 and other research and development activity during the period. During the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our payments to suppliers and employees was offset by interest received of A$19,162, A$119,089 and A$198,598, respectively.

 

43

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities was A$16,744, A$7,022 and A$18,417 during the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Cash flows used for investing activities was primarily attributable to payments for the purchase of a property and equipment for the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

Net cash generated from(used) in financing activities was A$3,981,877, A$12,722,309 and (A$107,679) for the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Cash generated from financing activities in the year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 mainly related to gross proceeds from the issuance of shares amounting to A$4,363,886 and A$13,084,629 respectively. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2018 related to costs of raising capital (A$107,679).

 

Unrealized foreign exchange gains of A$ 262,977 and A$403,879 respectively were incurred for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and foreign exchange loss of A$278,118 for the year ended June 30, 2018. In 2020, the Australian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 1.66%. In 2019, the Australian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 5.16%. In 2018, the Australian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 3.61%.

 

c.Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

 

In recent years, we have continued our practice of building valuable research collaborations with institutes based in Australia, the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries to enable us to investigate a variety of therapeutic indications including Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington disease, Parkinsonian movement disorders and selected cancers. These collaborative arrangements ensure that we work with well-respected laboratories with specific expertise in screening and animal modelling of relevance to the particular indication, without incurring ongoing administrative and personnel costs. We maintain in-house patent counsel and research and development project expertise to coordinate these research collaborations.

 

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of expenses for contracted research and development activities conducted by third parties on our behalf, including personnel, testing facilities and other payments in accordance with our research and clinical agreements. Research and development expenses also include costs associated with the acquisition and development of patents. Due to the numerous variables and the uncertain nature of the development of a clinical compound, including obtaining regulatory approvals, we are not able to reasonably estimate the nature, timing and costs of the future expenditures necessary to complete our research and development projects, the anticipated completion dates of each project and when material net cash flows from our research and development programs will commence.

 

When a product candidate is identified as suitable for clinical development, we establish a project team to coordinate all non-clinical and clinical development and manufacturing activities. Typically, we engage a clinical research organization to manage patient enrollment, data management, clinical site coordination and statistical analysis, as was the case with the development of our lead compound PBT2 through Phase I and II development and prospectively for Phase III. We manage our manufacturing campaigns through clinical manufacturing organizations for quality assurance and GMP compliance. All clinical, non-clinical, clinical development and manufacturing of our compounds is performed in compliance with the appropriate governing authorities, regulators and standards (for example, the International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use).

 

Our technology does not require the licensing of enabling technology licenses or freedom to operate licenses. Our product candidates are designed and synthesized by our employees and the intellectual property of such product candidates is owned by us.

 

D.Trend Information

 

We are a development stage company and while we believe that our technology will offer novel therapeutic strategies into an expanding market, we cannot predict with any degree of accuracy the outcome of our research or commercialization efforts.

 

44

 

 

We have not commercialized any products to date. Accordingly, any trends within the markets in which we operate are expected to have more direct impact on our business in the event that we are successful in commercializing our product candidates, including ATH434, PBT2 and new candidate products.

 

We will need substantial additional funding in order to complete the development, testing and commercialization of our product candidates. The commitment to these projects will require additional external funding, at least until we are able to generate sufficient cash flow from sale of one or more of our products to support our continued operations. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to delay, scale back or eliminate certain aspects of our operations or attempt to obtain funds through unfavorable arrangements with partners or others that may force us to relinquish rights to certain of our technologies, products or potential markets or that could impose onerous financial or other terms. Management is continuing its efforts to obtain additional funds so that we can meet our obligations and sustain operations.

 

e.Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We are not a party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements. In addition, we have no unconsolidated special purpose financing or partnership entities that are likely to create material contingent obligations.

 

f.Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes our minimum contractual obligations as of June 30, 2020. The majority of our contracts for research and development programs have a termination notice period of 30 days. As of June 30, 2020, we had research and development termination commitments approximating A$2.0 million. No liability has been recognised within our financial statements for this period. In addition, we have the ability to scale down our operations and prioritize our research and development programs in neurology to reduce expenditures as discussed in Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.

 

  Payments due by period (A$) 
Contractual Obligations  Total   less than
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 Years   more than
5 years
 
Operating lease obligations   68,821    67,953    868         -         - 
Total   68,821    67,953    868    -    - 

 

ITEM 6.DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A.Directors and Senior Management

 

Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

 

Name   Age   Position
Geoffrey P. Kempler   65   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Kathryn J.E. Andrews   53   Chief Financial Officer
David A. Stamler   59   Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President Clinical Development
Lawrence B. Gozlan   41   Director
Peter A. Marks(1) (2)   64   Director
Brian D. Meltzer(1)(2)   66   Director
David A. Sinclair   51   Director
Tristan Edwards   45   Director

 

 

(1)Member of the Audit Committee
(2)Member of the Remuneration Committee and Share Plan Committee

 

45

 

 

Mr. Geoffrey Paul Kempler has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since November 1997, between November 1997 and August 2004 he served as our Chief Executive Officer, and in June 2005 he again assumed the position of Chief Executive Officer. Mr Kempler is one of the founders of the Group. Mr Kempler is a qualified psychologist. Mr Kempler, who has extensive experience in investment and business development, has been responsible for the implementation of our strategic plan and the commercialization of our technology.

 

Ms. Kathryn Andrews was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of our company on November 4, 2014. From December 2012 to October 2014 Ms. Andrews held a senior role with The CFO Solution, a firm focused on the listed company and life sciences environments. Between 2007 and 2012 Ms. Andrews provided contract accounting, governance and consulting services to various mining and government organizations. Between 2002 and 2006 Ms. Andrews was the Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary of Antisense Therapeutics Limited. Between 1999 and 2002 Ms. Andrews provided contract accounting and consulting services to various mining and resources, technology and government organizations. Between 1989 and 1998 Ms. Andrews was employed by Rio Tinto Limited in a variety of accounting, auditing and financial management roles. Between 1985 and 1989 Ms. Andrews was employed by BP Australia Limited in an accounting role. Ms. Andrews is a Certified Practicing Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Melbourne.

 

Dr. David Stamler has served as our Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President, Clinical Development since May 2017. Prior to joining Alterity, Dr. Stamler served as the Vice President, Clinical Development and Therapeutic Head for Movement Disorders at Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, from 2015 to 2017. Dr. Stamler was the Chief Medical officer of Auspex Pharmaceuticals from January 2011 until 2015 when Teva acquired Auspex. Prior to that, Dr. Stamler served as Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer at XenoPort, Inc., a publicly-traded biopharmaceutical company, from 2008 to 2010 and Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Drug Development at Prestwick Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a private pharmaceutical company, from 2005 to 2008. Prior to Prestwick Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Dr. Stamler worked at Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co. and its subsidiaries from 1997 to 2005, in various leadership roles, including Vice President, Research and Development, Medical Sciences at Fujisawa Healthcare, Inc. from 2003 to 2005 and as Vice President, Clinical Research Center at Fujisawa Research Institute of America from 2000 to 2003. Dr. Stamler began his career at Abbott Laboratories, a publicly-traded global pharmaceuticals and healthcare products company, where he served in various positions from 1993 to 1997, including Director of Clinical Research, Pharmaceutical Products for the International Division. Dr. Stamler received an M.D. from the University of Chicago—The Pritzker School of Medicine and a B.A. in Biology from the University of Chicago.

 

Mr. Lawrence Gozlan has served as a director of our company since August 2011. Mr. Gozlan, a leading biotechnology investor and advisor, is the Chief Investment Officer and Founder of Scientia Capital, a specialised global investment fund focused exclusively in life sciences. Scientia Capital was founded to provide high level expertise and to manage investments for high net worth individuals, family offices and institutional investors wanting exposure to the biotechnology industry. Prior to this, Mr. Gozlan was responsible for the largest biotechnology investment portfolio in Australia as the institutional biotechnology analyst at QIC (“the Queensland Investment Corporation”), an investment fund with over A$60 billion under management. He previously worked as the senior biotechnology analyst in the equities team at Foster Stockbroking Pty Ltd, and gained senior corporate finance experience advising life sciences companies at Deloitte. Mr. Gozlan is currently a Director of Opthea Limited, an ASX listed drug development company and a number of private biotechnology companies in the USA. He holds a Bachelor of Science with Honors in microbiology and immunology from the University of Melbourne.

 

46

 

 

Mr. Peter Marks has served as a director of our company since July 2005. During the period November 21, 2006 to October 20, 2011, Mr. Marks has also served as Executive Chairman of iSonea Ltd, formerly KarmelSonix Ltd, a medical devices company listed on the ASX that was focused on developing and commercializing a range of devices in the respiratory and medicine space. For over 13 years until the end of August 2014, Mr. Marks was a Director of Peregrine Corporate Ltd, an Australian-based investment banking and corporate advisory firm. Mr. Marks was until late 2016, a Director of Armadale Capital Plc (formerly Watermark Global Plc), an AIM listed investment company, focused on natural resources projects based principally in Africa with its current major investments being a gold exploration company in DRC and a coal briquetting operation in South Africa. Mr. Marks is currently a Consultant at Henslow Pty Ltd (formerly Halcyon Corporate Pty Ltd), a corporate and capital markets advisory firm specializing in advising small to mid-cap companies. Mr. Marks was until 31 March, 2020 a non-executive Director of Fluence Corporation Ltd. (formerly Emefcy Group Limited and prior to that Savcor Group Limited), an ASX listed municipal & industrial waste water technology business. Mr. Marks is also a non-executive director of Terragenic International Ltd, (renamed Electriq~Global Ltd) an unlisted public company developing a novel hydrogen fuel system. He also currently serves as Director of ASX listed biotech company, Noxopharm Ltd. which is progressing a clinical program in using chemical sensitisers to enhance the effectiveness of existing chemotherapy drugs and radiation therapies and a Director of Noxopharm subsidiary, Nyrada Inc, which is developing several pre-clinical non-oncology projects, and which was listed on ASX in January 2020. From September 1998 until March 2001, Mr. Marks was employed by KPMG Corporate Finance Ltd (Australia), where he rose to Director and was responsible for heading up the equity capital markets group in Melbourne. From January 1992 until July 1994, Mr. Marks served as Head of the Melbourne Companies Department at the ASX and was founding Director of Momentum Funds Management Pty Ltd, an Australian venture capital firm. From December 1990 until December 1991, Mr. Marks served as Director of Corporate Finance at Burdett Buckeridge & Young Ltd in their Melbourne offices, from August 1988 until November 1990, he held senior corporate finance position at Barings Securities Ltd, and from July 1985 until July 1988, he served as an Associate Director of McIntosh Securities, now Merrill Lynch Australia. In his roles with these various financial institutions, Mr. Marks was responsible for advising a substantial number of listed and unlisted companies on issues ranging from corporate and company structure, to valuation, business strategies, acquisitions and international opportunities. Mr. Marks holds a Bachelor of Economics degree, a Bachelor of Law degree and Graduate Diploma in Commercial Law from Monash University in Melbourne, Australia, and an MBA degree from the Scottish School of Business at the University of Edinburgh.

 

Mr. Brian Derek Meltzer has served as a director of our company since December 1999. Subsequent to several years as Chief Economist of ICI Australia (now Orica), Mr Meltzer spent 25 years in investment banking. His breadth of expertise includes major property transactions, corporate advisory, corporate finance, management buyouts, venture capital and large-scale syndications. He has held a number of Board and Board Advisory roles for private companies in the human resources, health, aged care, software, entertainment and finance sectors, including Director of a federal government licensed Innovation Investment Fund. Mr Meltzer is also a Director of the Australia-Israel Chamber of Commerce, Chairman of Independence Australia and Chairman of a privately owned corporate health and wellness business.

 

Mr. Tristan Edwards was appointed as a director on April 8, 2019. Mr Edwards is the co-founder and President of Life Biosciences LLC. Tristan has extensive global financial capital markets, regulatory compliance, and fiduciary oversight experience, following a 16-year investment career spanning leading financial organizations across Australia, London, HK and Singapore. His professional background has been in senior investment roles at leading financial groups such as Goldman Sachs, Brevan Howard, Trafalgar Capital and Mosaic Asset Management. He started his career as an analyst with the Australian Commonwealth Department of Finance. Tristan has a degree in Commerce from the University of Tasmania, and held the CFA, CMT and CPA designations.

 

Dr. David Andrew Sinclair was appointed as a director on April 8, 2019. He is the co-founder and Chairman of Life Biosciences LLC. He was recruited to Harvard Medical School in 1999 and is a tenured professor in the Department of Genetics and a co-director of the Paul F. Glenn Center for the Biology of Aging Research and serves on the non-profit boards of the American Federation for Aging Research and the Sanford Lorraine Cross Award. Dr. Sinclair is regarded as one of the world’s leading researchers on aging and age-associated diseases, with key contributions to understanding why we age and how to slow and even reverse the process. He has co-founded multiple biotechnology and genomics companies working on aging, neurological, metabolic, infectious and rare diseases. He has received more than 35 awards for his medical research, innovation, and teaching. In 2014, he was named in TIME Magazine’s “100 Most Influential People in the World” and in 2018 was named in TIME Magazine’s “50 Most Influential People in Health Care”. In 2018 Dr Sinclair was appointed an Officer of the Order of Australia for “distinguished service to medical research into the biology of aging and lifespan extension, as a geneticist and academic, to biosecurity initiatives, and as an advocate for the study of science”.

 

47

 

 

There are no family relationships among our directors and senior executives.

 

B.Compensation

 

The following table sets forth all compensation we paid for the year ended June 30, 2020 with respect to each of our executive officers and directors during the 2020 fiscal year.

 

   Salaries, fees,
commissions,
bonuses and other
   Pension, retirement and other similar
benefits
 
   A$   A$ 
Geoffrey P. Kempler (1)   412,544    33,465 
Kathryn Andrews (1)   228,788    29,069 
David A. Stamler (1)   625,470    - 
Peter A. Marks   60,000    - 
Brian D. Meltzer   73,059    6,941 
Lawrence B. Gozlan   60,000    - 
David A. Sinclair   45,000    - 
Tristan Edwards   45,000    - 
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)   1,549,861    69,475 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in annual leave provision for Mr. Kempler, Mr. Stamler and Ms. Andrews accrued in accordance with their employment contracts.

 

In accordance with the approval of our shareholders at our 2004 annual general meeting of shareholders, the aggregate amount available per annum for the remuneration of our non-executive directors for their services (payable in cash, ordinary shares or options) is A$1,250,000.

 

As of June 30, 2020, our directors and executive officers as a group, then consisting of eight persons, held options to purchase 13,250,000 of our ordinary shares. Of such options, (i) options to purchase 4,500,000 ordinary shares exercisable for A$0.07 consideration on or before June 6, 2022; and (ii) options to purchase 8,750,000 ordinary shares exercisable for A$0.11 consideration on or before December 14, 2022. All such options were granted under our 2004 Employees’, Directors’ and Consultants’ Share and Option Plan. See Item 6.E. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Share Ownership – Stock Option Plans.”

 

Agreement with Chief Executive Officer. On September 21, 2007, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Geoffrey Kempler, a director, in connection with his employment as our Chief Executive Officer. Under the agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Kempler a base salary of A$386,400 per annum (which may be increased at the discretion of our Board of Directors). Mr. Kempler is entitled to a bonus of A$6,000 for holding regular meetings (minimum twice a year) of the full Research and Development Advisory Board. Mr. Kempler is entitled to up to 20 days’ vacation a year (vacation days that are not used in any calendar year will be carried over for use in the following year to a maximum carry-over of two years) and reimbursement of reasonable business expenses incurred in the performance of his duties. Mr. Kempler is also entitled to participate in the employee benefits established by our company, as applicable to executives, including, without limitation, a Section 401(k) retirement plan, health, dental, life insurance and short and long term disability plans. The agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions.

 

In the event of termination of Mr. Kempler’s employment:

 

By our company without cause (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Kempler with good reason (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to: (i) the sum of A$1 million provided we have sufficient capital requirements to fulfill this obligation within 90 days of termination date; (ii) business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused vacation days; and (iii) the acceleration of the vesting of any unvested options to purchase ordinary shares which may be purchased during the remainder of the exercise period of such options.

 

48

 

 

By our company with cause (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Kempler without good reason (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused vacation days. Mr. Kempler will only be permitted to exercise unvested options to purchase shares that had been granted to him prior to the employment agreement.

Due to death or disability (as defined in the agreement), we shall pay Mr. Kempler or his estate, as applicable, all accrued base salary, pro-rata bonus, business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued, unused vacation days (and in the case of disability, less such amounts under any disability policy maintained by our company). Mr. Kempler or his estate, as applicable, will be entitled to exercise vested options for ordinary shares.

 

Agreement with Chief Financial Officer. On November 11, 2014, we entered into an agreement with Ms. Kathryn Andrews in connection with her employment as our Chief Financial Officer. In the event of termination of Ms. Andrews’s employment:

 

By our company without cause (as defined in the agreement) or by Ms. Andrews, a 30 day notice period is required. Ms. Andrews will be (i) entitled to business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused leave entitlements; and (ii) must exercise unexercised options within 30 days after the date of termination.

By our company with cause (as defined in the agreement), no notice period is required. Ms. Andrews will be entitled to business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused leave entitlements. Ms. Andrews will be (i) entitled to business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused leave entitlements; and (ii) must exercise unexercised options within 30 days after the date of termination.

 

Agreement with Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President, Clinical Development. On April 18, 2017, we entered into an agreement with Dr. David Stamler in connection with his employment as our Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President, Clinical Development. In the event of termination of Dr. Stamler’s employment:

 

By our company without cause (as defined in the agreement) or by Dr. Stamler with good reason, a 3-month notice period is required, increasing to a 6-month notice period after 18 months of employment. Dr. Stamler will be entitled to (i) an amount equal to seventy-five percent of his current annualized salary; (ii) business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused leave entitlements; and (iii) must exercise unexercised options within 30 days after the date of termination.

By our company with cause (as defined in the agreement), no notice period is required. Dr. Stamler will be (i) entitled to business expenses that have not been reimbursed and accrued and unused leave entitlements; and (ii) must exercise unexercised options within 30 days after the date of termination.

 

C.Board Practices

 

Introduction

 

Our Board of Directors is elected by and accountable to our shareholders. Our Board of Directors’ responsibilities are divided into operating activities, financial and capital markets activities and scientific activities. The Chairman of our Board of Directors, currently Mr. Geoffrey Kempler, is responsible for the management of the Board of Directors and its functions.

 

Election of Directors

 

Directors are elected at our annual general meeting of shareholders. Under our Constitution, the term of office of our directors are staggered, such that at every annual general meeting of shareholders one-third, rounded down to the nearest whole number, of the directors, except a Managing Director, must retire from office and may offer himself/herself for re-election. No director, except a Managing Director, shall retain office for a period in excess of three years without submitting for re-election. Our Board of Directors has the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director (provided that the total number of directors does not exceed the maximum allowed by law), and any director so appointed may hold office only until the next annual general meeting when he or she shall be eligible for election. Mr. Kempler is our Managing Director. Messrs. Lawrence Gozlan and Peter Marks must retire and may stand for re-election at our 2020 annual general meeting of shareholders.

 

49

 

 

Non-Executive and Independent Directors

 

Australian law does not require a company to appoint a certain number of independent directors to its board of directors or audit committee.

 

Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a majority of our Board of Directors must qualify as independent directors within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, each of whom satisfies the respective “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules and the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Messrs. Peter Marks and Brian Meltzer qualifies as an independent director under the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. This includes NASDAQ rule 5605(b)(1) requiring a majority of independent directors.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our Board of Directors has established the following committees:

 

Audit Committee. The NASDAQ Stock Market rules require us to establish an audit committee comprised of at least three members, each of whom is financially literate and satisfies the respective “independence” requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise at senior levels within a company. As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. This includes the Rule related to Audit Committee Composition rule 5605(c)(2)(A)): we may have an audit committee composed of two members instead of “at least three members”.

 

Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of our financial statements, including the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent public accountants’ qualifications and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and independent public accountants, and such other duties as may be directed by our Board of Directors. The Audit Committee is also required to assess risk management. The audit committee meets at least four times per year.

 

Our Audit Committee currently consists of two board members, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Market Rules. Our Audit Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Marks and Meltzer. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Meltzer meets the definition of an audit committee financial expert, as defined by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Remuneration Committee. Our Board of Directors has established a Remuneration Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors, within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing the salary, incentives and other benefits of our executive officers and to make recommendations on such matters for approval by our Board of Directors. The Remuneration Committee is also responsible for overseeing and advising our Board of Directors with regard to the adoption of policies that govern our compensation programs, including share and ADS option and employee benefit plans. Additionally, the Remuneration Committee administers our share and ADS option plans and any other employee benefit plans through a sub-committee that it established for this purpose (see Share Plan Committee below). Messrs. Marks and Meltzer are the current members of the Remuneration Committee, each of whom qualifies as an “independent director” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules.

 

50

 

 

Share Plan Committee. Our Remuneration Committee has established a sub-committee, the Share Plan Committee, which administers our share and ADS option plans. Messrs. Marks and Meltzer are the current members of the Share Plan Committee, each of whom qualifies as an “independent director” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules.

 

Directors’ Service Contracts

 

Except for the agreement with Mr. Kempler in connection with his employment as our Chief Executive Officer, as described above, there are no arrangements or understandings between us and any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of our directors, on the other hand, providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service as directors of our company or any of our subsidiaries.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Our Constitution provides that, subject to the Australian Corporations Act, every director, secretary, manager or officer of our company or any person employed by our company as auditor shall be indemnified out of our funds against all liability incurred by such person as a director or officer in defending proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in the persons favor or in which the person is acquitted in connection with any application under the Australian Corporations Act in which relief is granted to the person by a Court.

 

Under our Constitution no director, auditor or other officer shall be liable for (i) any acts, receipts, neglect or defaults of any other director or officer for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity; (ii) any loss or expense that may happen to us through the inefficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors or on our behalf; (iii) the inefficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of our monies shall be invested; (iv) any loss or damage arising from bankruptcy, insolvency or tortuous act of any person with whom any monies, securities or effects shall be deposited; (v) any loss occasioned by any error of judgment, omission, default or oversight on the persons part; or (vi) any other loss damage or misfortune whatsoever which shall happen in relation to those things unless the same shall happen through the persons own negligence, default, breach or duty, breach of trust or dishonesty.

 

In addition, our Constitution provides that to the extent permitted by law, we may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring a person who is or has been an officer of our company or one of our subsidiaries against a liability:

 

incurred by the person in his or her capacity as an officer of our company or a subsidiary of our company provided that the liability does not arise out of a conduct involving a willful breach of duty in relation to our company or a subsidiary of our company; or

for costs and expenses incurred by that person defending proceedings, whatever their outcome.

 

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. We have established a policy for the indemnification of our directors and officers against certain liabilities incurred as a director or officer, including costs and expenses associated in successfully defending legal proceedings.

 

D.Employees

 

As of June 30, 2020, we had 12 employees. Of such employees, eight persons are employed in research and development and four persons in management and administration. Eight employees are located in Australia and four employees are located in the United States.

 

As of June 30, 2019, we had 14 employees. Of such employees, nine persons are employed in research and development and five persons in management and administration. Ten employees are located in Australia and four employees are located in the United States.

 

51

 

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had 14 employees. Of such employees, nine persons were employed in research and development and five persons in management and administration. Ten employees were located in Australia and four employees were located in the United States.

 

Australian and US labor laws and regulations apply to our employees accordingly. The laws concern various matters, including severance pay rights at termination, retirement or death, length of work day and work week, minimum wage, overtime payments and insurance for work-related accidents.

 

E.Share Ownership

 

Beneficial Ownership of Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table sets forth certain information as of September 7, 2020 regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by each of our directors and executive officers and by all our directors and executive officers as a group:

 

Name  Number of Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned (1)   Percentage of
Ownership (2)
 
Geoffrey P. Kempler (3)   23,011,000          2.08%
Kathryn J.E. Andrews (4)   500,000     * 
David A. Stamler (5)   4,000,000     * 
Lawrence B. Gozlan (6)   1,250,000     * 
Peter A. Marks (7)   1,293,111     * 
Brian D. Meltzer (8)   1,576,666     * 
David A. Sinclair (9)   -     * 
Tristan Edwards (9)   -     * 
All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)   31,630,777    2.86%

 

 

*Less than 1%

 

1.Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Ordinary shares relating to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of the above table are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

2.The percentages shown are based on 1,106,554,032 consisting of 1,085,004,032 ordinary shares and 21,550,000 unlisted options, issued and outstanding as of August 17, 2020.

 

3.Includes options to purchase 5,000,000 ordinary shares that are exercisable for A$0.11 consideration on or before December 14, 2022. Of the 18,011,000 outstanding ordinary shares, 30,000 ordinary shares are held of record by Mr. Kempler, 14,165,000 ordinary shares are held by Baywick Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation owned by Mr. Kempler, 156,000 ordinary shares are held by Sadarajak Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation owned by Mr. Kempler, 90,000 ordinary shares are held of record by Crystal Triangle Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation owned by Mr. Kempler and 2,970,000 ordinary shares are held of record by NRB Developments Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation in which Mr. Kempler holds a 50% interest, 600,000 ordinary shares are held of record by Sandhurst Trustees Ltd. Mr. Kempler may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the ordinary shares held of record by Baywick Pty Ltd., Crystal Triangle Pty Ltd., NRB Developments Pty Ltd. and Sandhurst Trustees Ltd.

 

52

 

 

4.Includes options to purchase 500,000 ordinary shares that are exercisable for A$0.07 consideration on or before 6 June 2022.

 

5.Includes options to purchase 4,000,000 ordinary shares that are exercisable for A$0.07 consideration on or before June 6, 2022.

 

6.Includes options to purchase 1,250,000 ordinary shares that are exercisable for A$0.11 consideration on or before December 14, 2022.

 

7.Includes options to purchase 1,250,000 ordinary shares that are exercisable for A$0.11 consideration on or before December 14, 2022. The 43,111 outstanding ordinary shares are held of record by Lampam Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation owned by Mr. Peter Marks.

 

8.Includes options to purchase 1,250,000 ordinary shares that are exercisable for A$0.11 consideration on or before December 14, 2022. The 326,666 outstanding ordinary shares are held of record by Navigator Australia Ltd., a superannuation fund of Mr. Meltzer.

 

9.Mr. Edwards is President and Mr. Sinclair is Chairman of Life Biosciences LLC, the beneficial owner of 269,905,533 ordinary shares, representing approximately 24.88% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Stock Option Plans

 

In November 2004, we adopted the 2004 Employees’, Directors’ and Consultants’ Share and Option Plan, or the 2004 ASX Plan, and the 2004 American Depository Share (ADS) Option Plan, or the 2004 ADS Plan. In November 2018 we adopted an updated ADS plan with substantially the same terms as the 2004 ADS Plan for a new ten-year term. For the description below, the 2004 ASX Plan and 2018 ADS Plan are referred to together as the Stock Option Plans. Under the 2004 ASX Plan we may issue ordinary shares and under the 2018 ADS Plan we may issue ADSs. We were initially authorized to issue under the Stock Option Plans up to an aggregate 12,000,000 ordinary shares or ADSs representing 12,000,000 ordinary shares. Pursuant to subsequent shareholder approvals, the most recent of which was in November 2015, we are entitled to issue up to an aggregate 60,000,000 ordinary shares (or ADSs representing 60,000,000 ordinary shares) under the Stock Option Plans. Any increase in such maximum number of ordinary shares or ADSs issuable under the Stock Option Plans is subject to shareholder approval.

 

2004 ASX Plan. The purpose of the 2004 ASX Plan is to promote the interest of our company and the interest of the employees, directors and consultants of our company and its subsidiaries. Under the 2004 ASX Plan, we may issue to employees, directors and consultants of our company and its subsidiaries, from time to time, ordinary shares, either by issuance of ordinary shares or under options to purchase ordinary shares granted under the 2004 ASX Plan.

 

The 2004 ASX Plan is administered by the Share Plan Committee, a sub-committee of the Remuneration Committee. For the purpose of the disclosure below, the term “Remuneration Committee” shall refer to the Remuneration Committee or Share Plan Committee, as applicable. Subject to Board approval where required by applicable law, the Remuneration Committee has the authority, in its sole discretion, to grant options under the 2004 ASX Plan, to interpret the provisions of the 2004 ASX Plan and to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2004 ASX Plan or any issue or grant thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable, subject to any other approval if required by applicable law. All decisions made by the Remuneration Committee pursuant to the provisions of the 2004 ASX Plan will be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

53

 

 

The number of shares issued or options granted, the exercise price and option term or options granted, the vesting schedule and escrow periods of shares issued and options granted, under the 2004 ASX Plan are determined by the Remuneration Committee, in accordance with the provisions of the ASX Plan, and specified in an offer document from our company and accepted by the eligible person, subject to the terms of the 2004 ASX Plan. Options granted under the 2004 ASX Plan will be unlisted and exercisable at an exercise price equal to less than market value of an ordinary share on the ASX at the date of grant, or such other exercise price that the Remuneration Committee determines to be appropriate under the circumstances. The term of an option granted under the 2004 ASX Plan will be determined by the Remuneration Committee; however, no option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant. Except as otherwise provided in the 2004 ASX Plan or determined by the Remuneration Committee and set forth in an offer document, the issuance of shares and exercise of options granted under the 2004 ASX Plan will either (i) be subject to an escrow, under which such shares or options cannot be disposed of or exercised, respectively, within six months from the date of issue or grant (or 12 months if issued or granted to a director); or (ii) will vest over a four year period in four equal installments, 25% at the end of each year from the date of grant. Shares issued and options granted under the 2004 ASX Plan may be subject to other performance criteria and hurdles, as determined by the Remuneration Committee.

 

2018 ADS Plan. The purpose of the 2018 ADS Plan is to promote the interests of our company and non-Australian based employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors and directors. Options granted under the 2018 ADS Plan may be incentive stock options, as provided in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, or non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees of our company and its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, officers and directors who are also employees of our company and its subsidiaries) and may not be granted to any owner of 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of our company and subsidiaries, or a 10% Holder. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value, determined on the date that an option is granted, of ADSs, with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year exceeds U.S.$100,000, such option shall be treated as a non-qualified stock option.

 

Under the 2018 ADS Plan, we may grant to employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors and directors of our company or any of its subsidiaries, from time to time, options to purchase ADSs representing our ordinary shares. ADSs that are forfeited under the terms of the 2018 ADS Plan and ADSs that are the subject to options that expire unexercised or which are otherwise surrendered by an optionee without receiving any payment or other benefit with respect to such option may again become available for new option grants under the 2018 ADS Plan.

 

The 2018 ADS Plan is administered by our Share Plan Committee. Subject to Board approval where required by applicable law, the Remuneration Committee has authority, in its sole discretion, to grant options under the 2018 ADS Plan, to interpret the provisions of the 2018 ADS Plan and to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2018 ADS Plan or any options granted thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable, subject to any other approval if required by applicable law. All decisions made by the Remuneration Committee pursuant to the provisions of the 2018 ADS Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

The type of option (incentive stock option or non-qualified stock option), exercise price, option term and vesting schedule of options granted under the 2018 ADS Plan are determined by the Remuneration Committee, in accordance with the provisions of the ADS Plan, and specified in an option agreement by and between our company and the optionee, subject to the terms of the 2018 ADS Plan. The exercise price per each ADS will be determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time any option is granted, however the exercise price of an incentive stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such ADS on the date of the grant and the price of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% Holder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of such ADS on the date of the grant. Options granted under the 2018 ADS Plan will not be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant, and in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% Holder, the term of the option will be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the option agreement. The options will vest over a four-year period in four equal installments, 25% at the end of each year from the date of grant, unless otherwise provided by the Remuneration Committee in an option agreement.

 

54

 

 

Options granted under the 2018 ADS Plan are not assignable or transferable by the grantee, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by the grantee or his guardian or legal representative.

 

A summary of the status of the Stock Option Plans as of June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and changes during the years ended on those dates, is presented below:

 

   As of June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Number   Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Number   Weighted average exercise price 
       (A$)       (A$)       (A$) 
Options outstanding at the beginning of the year   25,300,000   $0.12    25,216,490   $0.19    26,826,063   $0.29 
Granted   -    -    2,450,000   $0.10    12,100,000   $0.11 
Exercised                               
Expired/forfeited    (3,750,000)  $0.25    (2,366,490)  $0.87    (11,349,573)  $0.31 
Lapsed   -    -    -    -    (2,360,000)  $0.31 
Options outstanding at the end of the year   21,550,000   $0.10    25,300,000   $0.12    25,216,490   $0.19 
Options exercisable at the end of the year   21,550,000   $0.10    25,300,000   $0.12    25,216,490   $0.19 
                               
Options that may be granted as of the end of the year   21,550,000   $0.10    25,300,000   $0.12    25,216,490   $0.19 

 

ITEM 7.MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A.Major Shareholders

 

Pursuant to a securities purchase agreement dated December 28, 2018, Life Biosciences acquired on April 8, 2019, 269,905,533 ordinary shares and warrants to purchase up to 539,811,066 ordinary shares upon the closing of the private placement of our securities. The warrants expired, unexercised on December 19, 2019.

 

Life Biosciences is currently the beneficial owner of 269,905,533 ordinary shares, representing approximately 24.88% of the ordinary shares outstanding on September 7, 2020. Life Biosciences’ principal address is 75 Park Plaza, Level Three, Boston, MA 02116.

 

There are no other shareholders as of September 7, 2020, known to us who own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

 

Significant Changes in the Ownership of Major Shareholders

 

There have been no significant changes in the ownership of major shareholders during the year.

 

55

 

 

Major Shareholders Voting Rights

 

A major shareholder would not have different voting rights.

 

Record Holders

 

As of September 7, 2020, there were 5,054 holders of record of our ordinary shares, of which 22 record holders, holding approximately 74.24% of our ordinary shares, had registered addresses in the United States. These numbers are not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares nor are they representative of where such beneficial holders reside, since many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees. The majority of trading by our U.S. investors is done by means of ADSs that are held of record by HSBC Custody Nominees Ltd., which held 48.28% of our ordinary shares as of such date.

 

As of August 27, 2019, there were 2,961 holders of record of our ordinary shares, of which 22 record holders, holding approximately 79.99% of our ordinary shares, had registered addresses in the United States. These numbers are not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares nor are they representative of where such beneficial holders reside, since many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees. The majority of trading by our U.S. investors is done by means of ADSs that are held of record by HSBC Custody Nominees Ltd., which held 47.58% of our ordinary shares as of such date.

 

B.Related Party Transactions

 

There were no other related party transactions other than those related to Director and Key Management Personnel remuneration.

 

C.Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A.Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, in Item 18.

 

56

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any legal proceedings nor are we subject to any threatened litigation that is material to our business or financial condition.

 

Dividend Distribution Policy

 

We have never paid cash dividends to our shareholders. We intend to retain future earnings for use in our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Any future dividend policy will be determined by the Board of Directors and will be based upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

B.Significant Changes

 

There have been no significant changes in the operation or financial condition of our company since June 30, 2020.

 

ITEM 9.THE offer and listing

 

A.Offer and Listing Details

 

Australian Securities Exchange

 

Our ordinary shares have traded on the ASX since our initial public offering on March 29, 2000 under the symbol “PBT”. On April 8, 2019 we changed our name to Alterity Therapeutics Limited and our ADSs have traded under the symbol “ATH” since that date.

 

NASDAQ Capital Market

 

On September 5, 2002 our ADSs began trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PRAN.” On April 8, 2019 we changed our name to Alterity Therapeutics Limited and our ADSs have traded under the symbol “ATHE” since that date.

 

B.Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C.Markets

 

The principal listing of our ordinary shares and listed options to purchase ordinary shares is on the ASX. As of April 5, 2002, our ADSs were eligible to trade on the NASDAQ Capital OTC Bulletin Board in the United States and until September 5, 2002, our ADSs traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PRAN.” On April 8, 2019 we changed our name to Alterity Therapeutics Limited and our ADSs have traded under the symbol “ATHE” since that date. We entered into a Deposit Agreement with the Bank of New York under which the Bank of New York, acting as depositary, issues ADRs. Prior to March 24, 2016, each of ADR represented ten of our ordinary shares. On March 24, 2016, we effected a ratio change so that each ADS now represents 60 ordinary shares (representing a 6-for-1 reverse split).

 

D.Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E.Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F.Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable. 

 

57

 

 

ITEM 10.ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A.Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B.Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

We were registered on November 11, 1997 as Prana Pty Ltd and on November 26, 1999 we converted to a public company and changed our name to Prana Corporation Ltd. On January 1, 2000, we changed our name to Prana Biotechnology Limited. On April 8, 2019 we changed our name to Alterity Therapeutics Limited. Our registration number is ACN 080699065.

 

Alterity’s Purposes and Objects

 

As a public company we have all the rights, powers and privileges of a natural person. Our Constitution does not specify any purposes or objects.

 

The Powers of the Directors

 

Under the provisions of our Constitution our directors may exercise all of the powers of our company, other than those that are required by our Constitution or the Corporations Act of Australia to be exercised at a general meeting of shareholders. A director may participate in a meeting and vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which he or she is materially interested, so long as the director’s interest is declared in accordance with the Corporations Act. The authority of our directors to enter into borrowing arrangements on our behalf is not limited, except in the same manner as any other transaction by us.

 

Annual and Extraordinary Meetings

 

Our Board of Directors must convene an annual meeting of shareholders at least once every calendar year, within five months of our last fiscal year-end balance sheet date. Notice of at least 28 days prior to the date of the meeting is required. An extraordinary meeting may be convened by the board of directors, it decides or upon a demand of any directors, or of one or more shareholders holding in the aggregate at least five percent of our issued capital. An extraordinary meeting must be called not more than 21 days after the request is made. The meeting must be held not later than two months after the request is given.

 

Please refer to Exhibit 2.3 for Items 10.B.3, B.4, B.6, B.7, B.8, B.9 and B.10.

 

C.Material Contracts

 

On December 1, 2000, we entered into a research funding and intellectual property assignment agreement with the University of Melbourne, under which the University of Melbourne agreed to conduct certain research projects on our behalf. Such projects include structure-based drug design involving the design of various metal-based compounds as potential diagnostics and therapeutics, drug screening and development involving the characterization of our compounds in vitro and in vivo models of neurodegenerative disorders, and cell-based drug discovery involving the screening and assessment of our compounds in cell-based systems to measure toxicity and cellular dysfunction and to develop new screens for our company. In consideration of such services, we agreed to pay the University of Melbourne a sum of A$591,000 (inclusive of goods and services tax). In consideration for the assignment of rights to intellectual property developed by the University of Melbourne during the research period, we agreed to pay to the University of Melbourne royalties equal to 1.5% of the net invoice price of all products incorporating such intellectual property sold by us or on our behalf, or, the lesser of 1.5% of the net invoice price of such products sold by a licensee or assignee and 10% of gross revenues received from licensees or assignees relating to the exploitation of such intellectual property. The parties extended the term of this agreement by entering into consecutive agreements on December 1, 2003, December 1, 2006 and December 1, 2009. The recent research funding and intellectual property assignment agreement is deemed to have commenced as of the expiration date of the previous agreement on December 1, 2009 and expired on December 1, 2012. The parties entered into a new research funding and intellectual property assignment agreement with the same key terms which expired on December 31, 2013. The University of Melbourne subcontracted substantial parts of the research to the Florey Institute of Neuroscience and Mental Health. Following the novation of the agreements with the Florey Institute on November 7, 2014, we entered into a sixth research funding and intellectual property assignment agreement. This agreement is ongoing.

 

58

 

 

On October 13, 2016, we entered into an At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co. and Jones Trading Institutional Services LLC (collectively, the “Agents”) under which we could sell up to an aggregate of $US44,460,787 of ordinary shares represented by ADSs. We agreed to pay the Agents commission equal to 3% of the gross proceeds of the sales price of all ADSs sold through them as sales agent under the sales agreement. The offering of our ADSs pursuant to the sales agreement will terminate on the earliest of (1) the sale of all of the ordinary shares subject to the sales agreement, or (2) termination of the sales agreement by us or the agent. We and the agent may terminate the sales agreement at any time in our sole discretion upon five days prior notice. The agent may terminate the sales agreement at any time in certain circumstances, including the occurrence of a material adverse change that, in the sales agent’s judgment, may make it impracticable or inadvisable to market or sell our ADSs or a suspension or limitation of trading of our ADSs on The NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

On November 8, 2017, we entered into Amendment No. 1 to our At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement dated October 13, 2016, to continue the at-the-market equity program under which we from time to time may sell up to an aggregate of U.S.$50,000,000 of ordinary shares represented by ADSs. As of June 30, 2020, we issued a total amount of 3.5 million ADSs under this At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement for gross proceeds of A$6.01 million (U.S.$4.05 million).

 

On December 28, 2018 we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Life Biosciences whereby Life Biosciences agreed to invest an initial US$7.5 million in our company. Following shareholder approval, this investment was completed on April 8, 2019 with the issue of 269,905,533 fully paid ordinary shares at an issue price of A$0.039 per share and 539,811,066 warrants, each with an exercise price of A$0.045 per share and expiring on December 19, 2019. These warrants expired, unexercised. Pursuant to our agreement with Life Biosciences we agreed to register for resale the ordinary shares issued to them and such ordinary issued upon exercise of the warrants. We agreed to keep the registration statement effective until the earlier of (i) such time as all of the shares covered by this prospectus have been disposed of pursuant to and in accordance with the registration statement or (ii) the date on which all of the shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

D.Exchange Controls

 

Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars. In addition, there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital, or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Cash Transaction Reports Agency, which monitors such transactions, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation treaty can be shown to apply.

 

59

 

 

The Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

 

Under Australian law, in certain circumstances foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage of the shares in an Australian company without notification to or approval from the Australian Treasurer. These limitations are set forth in the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act, or the Takeovers Act.

 

Under the Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with associates, is prohibited from acquiring 15% or more of the shares in any company having total assets exceeding A$266 million or more. In addition, a foreign person may not acquire shares in a company having total assets of A$266 million or more if, as a result of that acquisition, the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates will exceed 40% in aggregate without the approval of the Australian Treasurer. However, for “U.S. Investors” and investors from certain other countries, a threshold of A$1,154 million applies (except in certain circumstances) to each of the previous acquisitions. A “U.S. Investor” is defined by the Takeovers Act as a U.S. national or a U.S. enterprise.

 

If the necessary approvals are not obtained, the Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of the shares it has acquired within a specified period of time. Under the current Australian foreign investment policy, however, it is unlikely that the Treasurer would make such an order where the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% in the ordinary course of trading, unless the Treasurer finds that the acquisition is contrary to the national interest. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further shares, including in the course of trading in the secondary market of the ADSs. At present, we do not have total assets of A$266 million.

 

If the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% at any time, we would be considered a foreign person under the Takeovers Act. In such event, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Treasurer for our company, together with our associates, to acquire (i) more than 15% of an Australian company or business with assets totaling over A$252 million; or (ii) any direct or indirect ownership interest in Australian residential real estate.

 

The percentage of foreign ownership in our company would also be included in determining the foreign ownership of any Australian company or business in which it may choose to invest. Since we have no current plans for any such acquisitions and do not own any property, any such approvals required to be obtained by us as a foreign person under the Takeovers Act will not affect our current or future ownership or lease of property in Australia.

 

Our Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on a non-resident’s right to hold or vote our securities.

 

Australian law requires the transfer of shares in our company to be made in writing. No stamp duty will be payable in Australia on the transfer of ADSs.

 

E.Taxation

 

The following is a discussion of Australian and U.S. tax consequences material to our shareholders. To the extent that the discussion is based on tax legislation which has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, the views expressed in the discussion might not be accepted by the tax authorities in question or by court. The discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice and does not exhaust all possible tax considerations.

 

Holders of our ADSs should consult their own tax advisors as to the United States, Australian or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

 

60

 

 

AUSTRALIAN TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

In this section we discuss the material Australian tax considerations that apply to non-Australian tax residents with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the absolute beneficial ownership of ADSs, which are evidenced by ADRs. This discussion is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this annual report, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian income tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as ADSs or shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares.

 

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes

 

Holders of our ADSs are treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes. Therefore, dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will be treated for Australian tax purposes as if they were paid directly to the owners of ADSs, and the disposal of ADSs will be treated for Australian tax purposes as the disposal of the underlying ordinary shares. In the following analysis we discuss the application of the Australian income tax and capital gains tax rules to non-Australian resident holders of ADSs.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be ‘franked’ to the extent of tax paid on company profits.  Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax.  Dividends that are not franked or are partly franked and are paid to non-Australian resident shareholders are subject to dividend withholding tax, but only to the extent the dividends are not franked. 

 

Unfranked dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder are subject to withholding tax at 30%, unless the shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement.  In accordance with the provisions of the Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States., the maximum rate of Australian tax on unfranked dividends to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is 15%, where the U.S. resident holds less than 10% of the voting rights in our company, or 5% where the U.S. resident holds 10% or more of the voting rights in our company.  The Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States does not apply to limit the tax rate on dividends where the ADSs are effectively connected to a permanent establishment or a fixed base carried on by the owner of the ADSs in Australia through which the shareholder carries on business or provides independent personal services, respectively.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Capital Gains Tax

 

Australian capital gains derived by non-Australian residents in respect of the disposal of capital assets that are not taxable Australian property will be disregarded.  Non-Australian resident shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the capital gain made on a disposal of our shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, tested either at the time of disposal or over any continuous 12 month period in the 24 months prior to disposal, and the value of our shares at the time of disposal are wholly or principally attributable to Australian real property assets. 

 

Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate. Previously, certain shareholders, such as individuals were entitled to a discount of 50% for capital gains on shares held for greater than 12 months. However, as part of the 2012-2013 Federal Budget measures, the Australian Government announced changes to the application of the CGT discount for foreign resident individuals on taxable Australian assets, including shares. These changes became effective on 29 June 2013.

 

The effect of the change is to:

 

Retain access to the full CGT discount for discount capital gains of foreign resident individuals in respect of the increase in the value of a CGT asset that occurred before 9 May 2013; and

Remove the CGT discount for discount capital gains for foreign resident individuals that arise after 8 May 2013.

 

61

 

 

Foreign residents will still have access to a discount on discount capital gains accrued prior to 8 May 2013 provided they choose to obtain a market valuation for their assets as of that date.

 

Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

 

Some non-Australian resident shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account, for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

 

Non-Australian resident shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5% for non-Australian resident individuals.  Some relief from the Australian income tax may be available to such non-Australian resident shareholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, for example, because the shareholder does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.

 

To the extent an amount would be included in a non-Australian resident shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

 

Dual Residency

 

If a shareholder were a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax applicable would be limited by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

 

Stamp Duty

 

A transfer of shares of a company listed on the ASX is not subject to Australian stamp duty except in some circumstances where one person, or associated persons, acquires 90% or more of the shares.

 

Australian Death Duty

 

Australia does not have estate or death duties. No capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries, may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of shares will not incur Australian goods and services.

 

62

 

 

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences that generally apply to U.S. Holders (as defined below) who hold ADSs as capital assets. This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, and the bilateral taxation convention between Australia and the United States, or the Tax Treaty, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. This summary does not discuss all the tax consequences that may be relevant to an investment in ADSs by a U.S. Holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including broker-dealers, financial institutions, certain insurance companies, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, non-resident aliens of the U.S. or taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who hold the ADSs through partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons who acquired their ADSs through the exercise or cancellation of any employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our shares by vote or value, and investors holding ADSs as part of a straddle or appreciated financial position or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction.

 

If a partnership or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership that owns ADSs and the partners in such partnership should consult their own tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of ADSs.

 

This summary does not address the effect of any U.S. federal taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation. In addition, this summary does not include any discussion of U.S. federal estate and gift tax, state, local or foreign taxation. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the foreign and U.S. federal, state and local tax considerations of an investment in ADSs.

 

For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Holder” means an individual who is a citizen or, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a resident of the United States, a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

For purposes of the discussion below, it is assumed that the representations contained in the deposit agreement governing the ADSs are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of ADSs will be treated as owning the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs held by them. Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of any distributions received with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, including the amount of any Australian taxes withheld therefrom, will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. You will be required to include this amount of dividends in gross income as ordinary income. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in the ADSs. Any amount in excess of your tax basis will be treated as gain from the sale of ADSs. See “Disposition of ADSs” below for the discussion on the taxation of capital gains. Dividends will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations under Section 243 of the Code.

 

Dividends that we pay in Australian dollars, including the amount of any Australian taxes withheld therefrom, will be included in your income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day such dividends are received. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in Australian dollars and converts Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate other than the rate in effect on such day will likely have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss, which would be treated as U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

 

63

 

 

Subject to complex limitations, any Australian withholding tax imposed on our dividends will be a foreign income tax eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (or, alternatively, for deduction against income in determining such tax liability). The limitations set forth in the Code include computational rules under which foreign tax credits allowable with respect to specific classes of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable with respect to each such class of income. Dividends generally will be treated as foreign-source passive category income or general category income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, depending upon the holder’s circumstances. A U.S. Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Australian income tax withheld from dividends received with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to the extent such U.S. Holder has not held the ADSs for at least 16 days of the 31-day period beginning on the date that is 15 days before the ex-dividend date or to the extent such U.S. Holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on the ADSs are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the statute. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex. You should consult with your own tax advisors to determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit.

 

Subject to certain limitations, “qualified dividend income” received by a non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to tax at a reduced maximum tax rate of 20 percent. Distributions taxable as dividends generally qualify for the 20 percent rate provided that either: (i) the issuer is entitled to benefits under the Tax Treaty or (ii) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and certain other requirements are met. We believe that we are entitled to benefits under the Tax Treaty and that the ADSs currently are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. However, no assurance can be given that the ADSs will remain readily tradable. Furthermore, the reduced rate does not apply to dividends received from PFICs. The amount of foreign tax credit is limited in the case of foreign qualified dividend income. U.S. Holders of ADSs should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of these rules in their particular circumstances.

 

Disposition of ADSs

 

If you sell or otherwise dispose of ADSs, you will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the ADSs for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. In general, any gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of ADSs will be U.S.-source for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation; losses will generally be allocated against U.S.-source income. Deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations under the Code.

 

In the case of a cash basis U.S. Holder who receives Australian dollars in connection with the sale or disposition of ADSs, the amount realized will be based on the U.S. dollar value of the Australian dollars received with respect to the ADSs as determined on the settlement date of such exchange. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in Australian dollars and converts them into U.S. dollars at a conversion rate other than the rate in effect on the settlement date may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss.

 

An accrual basis U.S. Holder may elect the same treatment of foreign currency gain or loss required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or disposition of ADSs, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. In the event that an accrual basis U.S. Holder does not elect to be treated as a cash basis taxpayer (pursuant to the Treasury regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions), such U.S. Holder may have a foreign currency gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes because of differences between the U.S. dollar value of the Australian dollars received prevailing on the trade date and the settlement date. Any such currency gain or loss would be treated as ordinary income or loss and would be in addition to gain or loss, if any, recognized by such U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of such ADSs.

 

64

 

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

 

We believe that we likely are a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for some U.S. Holders of our ADSs and a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) to other U.S Holders of our ADSs. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to those U.S. Holders of our ADSs and may affect the value of the securities.

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset that produces passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets that produce passive income. As a result of our substantial cash position and the decline in the value of our stock, we believe that we became a PFIC during the taxable year ended June 30, 2005. We believe that we continued to be classified as a PFIC during the taxable year ended June 30, 2020 for some U.S Holders of our ADSs and may continue to be a PFIC for each of the subsequent fiscal years.

 

As a PFIC, our dividends (if any are paid) will not qualify for the reduced maximum tax rate, discussed above, and, unless you timely elect to “mark-to-market” your ADSs, as described below:

 

you will be required to allocate “excess distributions” or gain recognized upon the disposition of ADRs ratably over your holding period for the ADSs. An “excess distribution” is the amount by which distributions during a taxable year in respect of an ADS exceed 125% of the average annual distributions during the three preceding taxable years (or, if shorter, your holding period for the ADSs).

the amount allocated to each year during which we are considered a PFIC, other than the year of the distribution or disposition, will be subject to tax at the highest individual or corporate tax rate, as the case may be, in effect for that year and an interest charge will be imposed with respect to the resulting tax liability allocated to each such year,

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year before we became a PFIC will be taxable as ordinary income in the current year, and

you will be required to file an annual return on IRS Form 8621.

 

The PFIC provisions discussed above apply to U.S. persons who directly or indirectly hold stock in a PFIC.

 

Generally, a U.S. person is considered an indirect shareholder of a PFIC if it is:

 

a direct or indirect owner of a pass-through entity, including a trust or estate, that is a direct or indirect shareholder of a PFIC,

a shareholder of a PFIC that is a shareholder of another PFIC, or

a 50%-or-more shareholder of a foreign corporation that is not a PFIC and that directly or indirectly owns stock of a PFIC.

 

An indirect shareholder may be taxed on a distribution paid to the direct owner of the PFIC and on a disposition of the stock indirectly owned. Indirect shareholders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules.

 

If we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, a U.S. Holder may avoid the continued application of the tax treatment described above by electing to be treated as if it sold its ADSs on the last day of the last taxable year in which we were a PFIC. Any gain would be recognized and subject to tax under the rules described above. Loss would not be not recognized. A U.S. Holder’s basis in its ADSs would be increased by the amount of gain, if any, recognized on the sale. Solely for purposes of the PFIC rules, a U.S. Holder would be required to treat its holding period for its ADSs as beginning on the day following the last day of the last taxable year in which we were a PFIC.

 

65

 

 

If the ADSs are considered “marketable stock” and if you elect to “mark-to-market” your ADSs, you would not be subject to the rules described above. Instead, you will generally include in income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the close of each tax year over your adjusted basis in the ADSs. If the fair market value of the ADSs has depreciated below your adjusted basis at the close of the tax year, you may generally deduct the excess of the adjusted basis of the ADSs over its fair market value at that time. However, such deductions generally would be limited to the net mark-to-market gains, if any, that you included in income with respect to such ADSs in prior years. Income recognized and deductions allowed under the mark-to-market provisions, as well as any gain or loss on the disposition of ADSs with respect to which the mark-to-market election is made, are treated as ordinary income or loss (except that loss is treated as capital loss to the extent the loss exceeds the net mark-to-market gains, if any, that a U.S. Holder included in income with respect to such ADSs in prior years). However, gain or loss from the disposition of ADSs (as to which a “mark-to-market” election was made) in a year in which we are no longer a PFIC will be capital gain or loss. Our ADSs should be considered “marketable stock” if they traded at least 15 days during each calendar quarter of the relevant calendar year in more than de minimis quantities.

 

A U.S. Holder of ADSs will not be able to avoid the tax consequences described above by electing to treat us as a qualified electing fund, or QEF, because we do not intend to prepare the information that U.S. Holders would need to make a QEF election.

 

Additional Tax on Investment Income

 

U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, which will include dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of ADSs, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Payments in respect of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and to U.S. backup withholding tax at a rate equal to the fourth lowest income tax rate applicable to individuals (which, under current law, is 24%). Backup withholding will not apply, however, if you (i) are a corporation or come within certain exempt categories and demonstrate the fact when so required or (ii) furnish a correct taxpayer identification number and make any other required certification.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. tax liability. A U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS, which is generally an annual income tax return.

 

U.S. individuals who hold certain specified foreign financial assets, including stock in a foreign corporation, with values in excess of certain thresholds are required to file IRS Form 8938 with their U.S. federal income tax return. Such form requires disclosure of information concerning such foreign assets, including their value. Failure to file the form when required is subject to penalties. An exemption from reporting applies to foreign assets held through a U.S. financial institution, generally including a non-U.S. branch or subsidiary of a U.S. institution and a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. institution. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of this disclosure requirement to their investment in our ADSs.

 

F.Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G.Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

66

 

 

H.Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to “foreign private issuers” as defined in Rule 3b-4 thereunder. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, our proxy solicitations are not subject to the disclosure and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, transactions in our equity securities by our officers and directors are exempt from reporting and the “short-swing” profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed by, an independent registered public accounting firm, and we submit reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 6-K containing (among other things) press releases and unaudited financial information for the first six months of each fiscal year. We post our annual report on Form 20-F on our website (www.alteritytherapeutics.com) promptly following the filing of our annual report with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

The documents concerning our company referred to in this annual report may also be inspected at our registered office located at Level 3, 62 Lygon Street, Carlton, Victoria, 3053, Australia.

 

I.Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 11.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We invest our excess cash and cash equivalents in interest-bearing accounts and term deposits with banks in Australia. Our management believes that the financial institutions that hold our investments are financially sound and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these investments. Certain of our cash equivalents are subject to interest rate risk. Due to the short duration and conservative nature of these instruments, we do not believe that we have a material exposure to interest rate risk. Our major market risk is changes in foreign exchange rates as we had approximately A$5,403,832, A$9,727,401 and A$6,310,430 cash held in U.S. dollars, GBP and Euro as of June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. A hypothetical 20% and 10% and adverse movement in end-of-period exchange rates for U.S. dollars and GBP, respectively, would reduce the cash balance at the end of each year by approximately A$1,087,605 and A$43 respectively.

 

We conduct our activities in mostly in Australia and the USA. We are required to make certain payments in U.S. dollars and other currencies, however we believe an adverse movement in end-of-period exchange rates would not have a material impact on our operating results. In the twelve months ended June 30, 2020, the Australian dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 1.66%. In the financial years 2019 and 2018, the Australian dollar depreciated by 5.27% and 3.61% against the U.S. dollar, respectively. A hypothetical 20% adverse movement in the U.S. dollar, 10% adverse movement in the GBP and 5% adverse movement in the Euro exchange rates would increase the cost of our foreign currency payables by approximately A$114,349.

 

We do not currently utilize derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments subject to market risk.

 

67

 

 

ITEM 12.DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Fees and Charges Payable by ADS Holders

 

The table below summarizes the fees and charges that a holder of our ADSs may have to pay, directly or indirectly, to our depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon, or BNYM, pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, which was filed as Exhibit 2.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed with the SEC on December 21, 2007, and the types of services and the amount of the fees or charges paid for such services. The disclosure under this heading “Fees and Charges Payable by ADS Holders” is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Deposit Agreement. The holder of an ADS may have to pay the following fees and charges to BNYM in connection with ownership of the ADS:

 

Persons Depositing or Withdrawing Shares Must Pay:   For:
     
●    U.S.$3.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   ●    Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
    ●    Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
●    U.S.$0.03 (or less) per ADS   ●    Any cash distribution to you
●    A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs   ●    Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
●    U.S.$1.50 (or less) per ADS   ●    Transfers, combination and split-up of ADSs
●    Expenses of the depositary   ●    Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
    ●    Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
●    Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   ●    As necessary
●    Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities   ●    As necessary

 

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them.  The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees.  The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them.  The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse and/or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program.  In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

 

Fees and Payments Made by the Depositary to the Company

 

We incurred expenses in relation to services for our annual general meeting and special general meeting of shareholders. For the year ended June 30, 2020, we paid BNYM a total of U.S.$ 23,040 (comprised of payments for the distribution and printing of meeting material and proxy vote tabulation). For the year ended June 30, 2019, we paid BNYM a total of U.S.$ 33,676 (comprised of payments for the distribution and printing of meeting material and proxy vote tabulation).

 

68

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 13.DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 14.MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 15.Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Based upon that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use of disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2020. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on that assessment, our management concluded that as of June 30, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

During the year ended June 30, 2020, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

69

 

  

ITEM 16.Reserved

 

ITEM 16A.Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Brian Meltzer, an independent director, meets the definition of an audit committee financial expert, as defined by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. For a brief listing of Mr. Meltzer’s relevant experience, see Item 6.A. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Directors and Senior Management.”

 

ITEM 16B.Code Of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all senior financial officers of our company, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.alteritytherapeutics.com. Written copies are available upon request. If we make any substantive amendment to the code of ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the codes of ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website.

 

ITEM 16C.Principal Accountant Fees And Services

 

Fees Paid to Independent Public Accountants

 

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers, which has served as our principal independent registered public accounting firm since November 30, 2006.

 

    Year Ended June 30, 
Services Rendered   2020    2019 
Audit (1)    A$252,900     A$300,422 
           
Total    A$252,900     A$300,422 

 

(1)Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services that generally only the independent accountant can reasonably provide.

 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

Our Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures for the pre-approval of audit and non-audit services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. Pre-approval of an audit or non-audit service may be given as a general pre-approval, as part of the audit committee’s approval of the scope of the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm, or on an individual basis. Any proposed services exceeding general pre-approved levels also requires specific pre-approval by our audit committee. The policy prohibits retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform the prohibited non-audit functions defined in Section 201 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and also requires the audit committee to consider whether proposed services are compatible with the independence of the registered public accounting firm. All of the fees described above were pre-approved by our Audit Committee.

 

70

 

 

ITEM 16D.Exemptions From The Listing STANDARDS For Audit CommitteeS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E.PurchaseS Of Equity Securities By The Issuer And AffiliateD Purchasers

 

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

 

Neither we, nor any affiliated purchaser of our company, has purchased any of our securities during the year ended June 30, 2020.

 

ITEM 16F.CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

None.

 

ITEM 16G.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Under NASDAQ Stock Market Rule 5615(a)(3), foreign private issuers, such as our company, are permitted to follow certain home country (Australian) corporate governance practices instead of certain provisions of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of any NASDAQ rule must submit to NASDAQ, in advance, a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. We have submitted a notice to NASDAQ informing them of that we elect to follow home country practice instead of the following NASDAQ rules:

 

the Rule related to Audit Committee Composition rule 5605(c)(2)(A)): we may have an audit committee composed of two members instead of “at least three members”. We may not follow NASDAQ rules regarding independence of such members (as long as comply Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, subject to the exemptions provided in rule 10A-3(c)), and we may not have a financially sophisticated member as defined.

the Rule requiring maintaining a majority of independent directors (Rule 5605(b)(1))

the Rule requiring that our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present (Rule 56505(b)(2)

the Rule regarding independent director oversight of director nominations process for directors (Rule 5605(e)

the Rule regarding independent director oversight of executive officer compensation (Rule 5605(d)

the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans (Rule 5635(c), an issuance that will result in a change of control of the company (Rule 5635(b), certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company (Rule 5635(d) and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company (Rule 5635(a)).

 

ITEM 16H.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 17.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Our company has elected to furnish financial statements and related information specified in Item 18.

 

71

 

 

ITEM 18.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Loss   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-7

 

ITEM 19.EXHIBITS

 

Index to Exhibits.

 

        Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Exhibit Description   Form   Exhibit   Filing Date/ Period End Date
                 
1   Constitution of Registrant.   20-F   1.1   6/30/09
                 
2.1   Deposit Agreement dated March 23, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 21, 2007, among the Registrant, the Bank of New York, as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of ADRs issued thereunder, including the Form of American Depositary Receipts.   F-6 POS   1   12/21/07
                 
2.2   Certificate of Registration on Change of Name.   F-3   4.2   5/13/19
                 
2.3*   Rights Attached to Ordinary Shares.            
                 
4.1   License Agreement dated January 1, 2001, between the Registrant and The General Hospital Corporation.   20-F       5/29/02
                 
4.2   Variation Agreement dated August 8, 2001, between the Registrant and The General Hospital Corporation, which amends the License Agreement dated January 1, 2001, between the parties.   20-F       5/29/02
                 
4.3   Agreement to Provide Accounting, Administration, Corporate Advice and Company Secretarial Services dated February 23, 2000, between the Registrant and Malvern Administrative Services (now The CFO solution).   20-F       5/29/02
                 
4.4   Second Amendment to Exclusive License Agreement dated January 1, 2001, between the Registrant and The General Hospital Corporation dated March 15, 2004.   20-F   4.6   6/30/04

 

72

 

 

        Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Exhibit Description   Form   Exhibit   Filing Date/ Period End Date
                 
4.5   Settlement Agreement dated July 28, 2004, among the Registrant, P.N. Gerolymatos S.A, or PNG, Mr. Gerolymatos, GHC, Professor Ashley Bush, Dr. Rudolph Tanzi and Dr. Robert Cherny and the ancillary agreements of even date therewith exhibited thereto, including the Patent Assignment and Settlement Agreement among the Registrant and PNG, Patent Rights Security Agreement among the Registrant and PNG and the Derivatives Agreement among the Registrant and PNG.   20-F   4.21   6/30/04  
                 
4.6   Prana Biotechnology Limited, 2018 American Depository Share (ADS) Option Plan.   6-K   Annexure A to Item 1   11/3/04
                 
4.7   Prana Biotechnology Limited, 2004 Employees’, Directors’ and Consultants’ Share and Option Plan.   6-K   Annexure B to Item 1   11/3/04
                 
4.8   Sixth Research Funding and Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement dated November 7, 2014.            
                 
4.9   Employment Agreement dated September 21, 2007, among the Registrant and Mr. Kempler.   20-F   4.19   6/30/07
                 
8.1*   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.            
                 
12.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.            
                 
12.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.            
                 
13.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
                 
13.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
                 
15.1*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers.            

 

*Filed herewith.

 

73

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED (FORMERLY PRANA BIOTECHNOLOGY LIMITED)

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page Number
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income F-4
   
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity F-6
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7

 

F-1

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Alterity Therapeutics Limited

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Alterity Therapeutics Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2020 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and operating cash outflows and will need to raise additional capital to continue the development of its research and development programs, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Melbourne, Australia

September 15, 2020

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006.

 

F-2

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in Australian dollars, except number of shares)

 

      June 30, 
   Notes  2020   2019 
Assets           
Current Assets           
Cash and cash equivalents      9,196,892    14,399,904 
Trade and other receivables  5   61,321    4,829,497 
Other current assets  6   578,136    631,769 
              
Total Current Assets      9,836,349    19,861,170 
              
Non-Current Assets             
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of A$355,955 and A$329,824 respectively      39,503    48,748 
Right-of-use assets net of accumulated depreciation of A$215,875  13   31,866    - 
              
Total Non-Current Assets      71,369    48,748 
              
Total Assets      9,907,718    19,909,918 
              
Liabilities             
Current Liabilities             
Trade and other payables  7   2,069,604    2,718,174 
Provisions  8   612,039    601,995 
Lease liabilities  13   32,879    - 
              
Total Current Liabilities      2,714,522    3,320,169 
              
Non-Current Liabilities             
Provisions  8   41,514    34,976 
Lease liabilities  13   868    - 
              
Total Non-Current  Liabilities      42,382    34,976 
              
Total Liabilities      2,756,904    3,355,145 
              
Net Assets      7,150,814    16,554,773 
              
Equity             
Issued capital 2020: 1,037,358,032 fully paid ordinary shares Nil options over fully paid ordinary shares 2019: 860,837,432 fully paid ordinary shares Nil options over fully paid ordinary shares  10   160,703,754    156,632,636 
Reserves  11   866,121    1,158,975 
Accumulated deficit during the development stage  12   (154,419,061)   (141,236,838)
              
Total Equity      7,150,814    16,554,773 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in Australian dollars, except number of shares and per share amounts)

 

      Years ended June 30, 
   Notes  2020   2019   2018 
                
Interest income  2   17,117    108,538    201,174 
Other income  2   122,729    4,951,167    3,125,775 
Intellectual property expenses      (352,922)   (322,097)   (224,580)
General and administration expenses  3   (3,446,139)   (4,308,352)   (4,341,058)
Research and development expenses  3   (10,098,439)   (12,983,185)   (6,698,016)
Other operating expenses      (44,217)   (132,965)   (58,172)
Other gains and losses  3   333,055    349,064    (270,860)
Forfeited options from reserves      12,016    -    - 
                   
Loss before income tax expense      (13,456,800)   (12,337,830)   (8,265,737)
                   
Income tax expense  4   -    -    - 
                   
Loss for the year      (13,456,800)   (12,337,830)   (8,265,737)
                   
Other comprehensive loss                - 
                   
Total comprehensive loss for the year      (13,456,800)   (12,337,830)   (8,265,737)
                   
Loss per share (basic and diluted - cents per share)  17   (1.50)   (2.00)   (1.55)
                   
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share      894,872,224    615,772,236    533,891,470 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

(in Australian dollars)

 

      Years Ended June 30, 
   Notes  2020   2019   2018 
                
Cash Flows from Operating Activities               
Payments to suppliers and employees      (14,363,974)   (17,325,579)   (9,466,459)
Interest received      19,162    119,089    198,598 
R&D tax refund      4,824,880    3,251,672    3,022,673 
Interest paid      (3,878)   -    - 
COVID-19 government relief      92,688    -    - 
                   
Net cash flows used in operating activities  14(a)   (9,431,122)   (13,954,818)   (6,245,188)
                   
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                  
Payment for payroll and rental security deposits      -    -    43,988 
Payments for purchase of plant and equipment      (16,744)   (7,022)   (62,405)
                   
Net cash flows used in investing activities      (16,744)   (7,022)   (18,417)
                   
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                  
Proceeds from issue of securities and other equity securities      4,363,886    13,084,629    - 
Payment of share issue costs      (292,768)   (362,320)   (107,678)
Principle elements of lease payments      (89,241)   -    - 
                   
Net cash flows generated from/(used in) financing activities      3,981,877    12,722,309    (107,678)
                   
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      (5,465,989)   (1,239,531)   (6,371,283)
                   
Opening cash and cash equivalents brought forward      14,399,904    15,235,556    21,884,957 
Exchange rate adjustments on cash and cash equivalents held in foreign currencies      262,977    403,879    (278,118)
                   
Closing cash and cash equivalents carried forward  14(b)   9,196,892    14,399,904    15,235,556 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in Australian dollars, except for number of shares)

 

   Notes  Number of
Shares
   Issued
Capital
   Reserves   Accumulated
Deficit
During
Development
Stage
   Total Equity 
Balance, June 30, 2017      533,891,470    144,018,006    2,320,480    (122,648,452)   23,690,034 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:                            
Issuance of shares in connection with At-The-Market facility, net of costs  10(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Issuance of shares in connection with share purchase plan, net of costs  10(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Non-cash issuance of options to employees  11(b)   -    -    764,538    -    764,538 
Non-cash issuance of options to consultants  11(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Issuance of shares in connection with exercise of options, net of costs  10(b) & 11(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Transaction costs from issuance of shares      -    (107,678)   -    -    (107,678)
Expired options      -         (1,331,064)   1,331,064    - 
       -    (107,678)   (566,526)   1,331,064    656,860 
Net loss      -    -    -    (8,265,737)   (8,265,737)
Total comprehensive loss for the year      -    -    -    (8,265,737)   (8,265,737)
Balance, June 30, 2018      533,891,470    143,910,328    1,753,954    (129,583,125)   16,081,157 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:                            
Issuance of shares  10(b)   326,945,962    13,084,629    -    -    13,084,629 
Issuance of shares in connection with share purchase plan, net of costs  10(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Non-cash issuance of options to employees  11(b)   -    -    89,138    -    89,138 
Non-cash issuance of options to consultants  11(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Issuance of shares in connection with exercise of options, net of costs  10(b) & 11(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Transaction costs from issuance of shares      -    (362,321)   -    -    (362,321)
Expired options      -    -    (684,117)   684,117    - 
       326,945,962    12,722,308    (594,979)   684,117    12,811,446 
Net loss      -    -    -    (12,337,830)   (12,337,830)
Total comprehensive loss for the year      -    -    -    (12,337,830)   (12,337,830)
Balance, June 30, 2019      860,837,432    156,632,636    1,158,975    (141,236,838)   16,554,773 
Initial adoption of IFRS 16                     (6,261)   (6,261)
Restated total equity at 1 July 2019      860,837,432    156,632,636    1,158,975    (141,243,099)   16,548,512 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:                            
Issuance of shares  10(b)   176,520,600    4,363,886    -    -    4,363,886 
Issuance of shares in connection with share purchase plan, net of costs  10(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Non-cash issuance of options to employees  11(b)   -    -         -    - 
Non-cash issuance of options to consultants  11(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Issuance of shares in connection with exercise of options, net of costs  10(b) & 11(b)   -    -    -    -    - 
Transaction costs from issuance of shares      -    (292,768)   -    -    (292,768)
Expired options      -         (280,838)   280,838    - 
Forfeited options reversed to profit or loss                (12,016)        (12,016)
       176,520,600    4,071,118    (292,854)   280,838    4,059,102 
Net loss      -    -    -    (13,456,800)   (13,456,800)
Total comprehensive loss for the year      -    -    -    (13,456,800)   (13,456,800)
Balance, June 30, 2020      1,037,358,032    160,703,754    866,121    (154,419,061)   7,150,814 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Background

 

Alterity Therapeutics Limited and its controlled subsidiaries, Alterity Therapeutics Inc. and Alterity Therapeutics UK Limited (referred to collectively as “Alterity” or the “Company”), is a development stage enterprise engaged in the research and development of therapeutic drugs designed to treat the underlying cause of degeneration of the brain focusing on Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington disease, Parkinson’s disease and other neurological disorders. Alterity Therapeutics Limited, the parent entity, was incorporated on November 11, 1997 in Melbourne, Australia and the UK and U.S. subsidiaries were incorporated in August 2004.

 

Financial Reporting Framework

 

The financial report of Alterity Therapeutics Limited for the year ended June 30, 2020 was authorized for issue on September 15, 2020.

 

Alterity Therapeutics Limited is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial statements.

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or losses.

 

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner which ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the substance of the underlying transactions or other events is reported.

 

The accounting policies set out below have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2020 and the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Critical accounting estimates, judgments and assumptions

 

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

Share-based Payments

 

The value attributed to share options and remuneration shares issued is an estimate calculated using an appropriate mathematical formula based on an option pricing model. The choice of models and the resultant option value require assumptions to be made in relation to the likelihood and timing of the conversion of the options to shares and the value and volatility of the price of the underlying shares.

 

R&D Tax Incentives

 

The Australian Government replaced the research and development tax concession with the research and development tax incentive from July 1, 2011. The provisions provide refundable or non-refundable tax offsets. The research and development tax incentive applies to expenditure incurred and the use of depreciating assets in an income year commencing on or after July 1, 2011. A 43.5% for FY2020 (43.5% for FY2019 & 43.5% for FY2018) refundable tax offset, will be available to eligible small companies with an annual aggregate turnover of less than $20 million. As per the prior period, and under the same sets of facts, the Group have applied to the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) for a determination regarding its eligibility to receive the R&D Tax Incentive as a refundable cash offset. While a formal determination has not yet been made with respect to the application, the Group has been advised by the ATO that it is their preliminary view that the Group may not receive the tax incentive as a refundable cash offset under the applicable regulations. The Group is considering its options, including appealing an unfavorable decision if received, nevertheless the Group has not recognized a receivable and other income of $3,363,433 relating to eligible expenditure for the year ended June 30, 2020.

 

On December 5, 2019, the Treasury Laws Amendment (R&D Tax Incentive Bill 2019) was introduced into Parliament. The draft bill contains proposed amendments to the R&D tax incentive regulations. Under the proposed amendments, the refundable tax offset rate for companies with an aggregated turnover of less than $20 million would become 41% and the maximum refund would be capped at $4m (exclusive of expenditure incurred relating to clinical trial activities). As of June 30, 2020, the bill remains under review by the Senate Committee.

 

F-7

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Management does not consider the rate reduction or the refund cap to be substantially enacted as of June 30, 2020 due to the continued legislative debate in Parliament.

 

Going Concern Basis

 

The Group is a development stage medical biotechnology company and as such expects to be utilizing cash until its research activities have become marketable. The Group has incurred recurring losses since inception including a loss of $13,456,800 (2019: $12,337,830) and an operating cash outflow of $9,431,122 (2019: $13,954,818). The Group expects to continue incurring losses into the foreseeable future and will need to raise additional capital to continue the development of its planned research and development programs, and as a result, there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date of the issuance of its consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2020. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Group will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

The continuing viability of the Group is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance the continuation of its planned research and development programs, maintaining implemented cost containment and deferment strategies, and successfully commercializing its initiatives. The directors intend to raise new equity funding within the next six months to enable progression of the Group’s planned research and development programs, however there is uncertainty associated with our ability to execute raisings at the time and amount needed to meet the Group’s requirements.

 

The inability to obtain funding, as and when needed, would have a negative impact on the Group’s financial condition and ability to pursue its business strategies. If the Group is unable to obtain the required funding to run its operations and to develop and commercialize its product candidates, the Group could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, which could adversely affect its business prospects.

 

Management and the directors believe the Group will be successful in the above matters and accordingly have prepared the financial report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern and that the Group may be unable to realize its assets and liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

References to matters that may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern also raise substantial doubt as contemplated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards.  

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires the Group to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, the Group evaluates its significant accounting policies and estimates. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various market-specific and other relevant assumptions that the Group believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Estimates are assessed each period and updated to reflect current information, such as the economic considerations related to the impact that COVID-19 could have on the Group’s significant accounting estimates. The Group’s future assessments of the impact of COVID-19 could result in material impacts to the Group’s consolidated financial statements in future periods.

 

However, COVID-19 has had limited effect thus far on the Group’s operation. Development activities have continued with minimal disruption. Slowdown in collaborative research activities do not have a material impact on the Group’s operations.

 

Development Stage – Risks and Uncertainties

 

As a development stage enterprise, the Company’s prospects are subject to the risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies which have not yet commercialized any applications of their technology, particularly in new and evolving markets. Alterity’s operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including capital expenditure and other costs relating to establishing, maintaining and expanding the operations, the number and mix of potential customers, potential pricing of future products by the Company and its competitors, new technology introduced by the Company and its competitors, delays or expense in obtaining necessary equipment, economic and social conditions in the biotechnology industry and general economic conditions.

 

The Company cannot be certain that it will be able to raise any required funding or capital, on favorable terms or at all, or that it will be able to establish corporate collaborations on acceptable terms, if at all. If the Company is unable to obtain such additional funding or capital, it may be required to reduce the scope of its development plans.

 

The Company’s experience in exploiting its technology is limited and it cannot be certain that its operations will be profitable in the short-term, or at all. If the Company fails in its efforts to establish or expand its business, the results of operations, financial condition and liquidity of the Company could be materially adversely affected. The Company cannot be certain that it will be able to sell and deliver its technology or to obtain or retain any permits required in the market in which it operates. Any of these factors could result in the reduction or cessation of the Company’s operations.

 

F-8

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner which ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the substance of the underlying transactions or other events is reported.

 

The following significant accounting policies have been adopted in the preparation and presentation of the financial report.

 

(a)Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared by combining the financial statements of all the entities that comprise the Company, being Alterity Therapeutics Limited and its subsidiaries as defined in Accounting Standard IFRS10: Consolidated Financial Statements. Consistent accounting policies are employed in the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

Subsidiaries are all those entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholder of more than one-half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Company controls another entity.

 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all inter-company balances and transactions, and unrealized profits/losses arising within the Company are eliminated in full. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the individual financial statements of Alterity Therapeutics Limited.

 

(b)Segment Reporting

 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer of Alterity Therapeutics Limited. For the current and previous reporting periods, the Group operated in one segment, being research into Parkinsonian and other neurodegenerative disorders.

 

(c)Income Tax

 

Current tax

 

Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit or loss for the period. It is calculated using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by reporting date. Current tax for current and prior periods is recognized as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).

 

Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax is accounted for using the liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax base of those items.

 

In principle, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable amounts will be available against which deductible temporary differences or unused tax losses and tax offsets can be utilized. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary differences giving rise to them arise from the initial recognition of assets and liabilities (other than as a result of a business combination) which affects neither taxable income nor accounting profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except where the Company is able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with these investments are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the asset and liability giving rise to them are realized or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

F-9

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset when the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

Current and deferred tax for the period

 

Current and deferred tax is recognized as an expense or income in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, except when it relates to items credited or debited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognized directly in equity, or where it arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, in which case it is taken into account in the determination of goodwill.

 

The Company has significant unused tax losses and as such a significant deferred tax asset; however, the deferred tax asset has not been recognized, as it is not probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused losses and unused tax credits can be utilized, given the nature of the Company’s business (research and development) and its history of losses.

 

(d)Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is measured at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment and consists of laboratory equipment, computer equipment, furniture and fittings and leasehold improvements attributable to the Company’s premises at Melbourne, Victoria, Australia and San Francisco, USA.

 

Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the item.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation is provided on property and equipment. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their residual values, over their estimated useful lives.

 

The following estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 20 years are used in the calculation of depreciation:

 

Class of Fixed Asset  Depreciation Rate
    
Furniture and fittings  5-33%
Computer equipment  33%
Plant and equipment  10-33%
Leasehold improvements  33%

 

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life.

 

The depreciation method, residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each annual reporting period.

 

(e)Leases

 

The accounting policies for the Group’s lease recognition are explained in note 13.

 

(f)Investments and other financial assets

 

Classification

 

From July 1, 2018, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

 

F-10

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

Recognition and derecognition

 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

 

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

Equity instruments

 

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

Impairment

 

From July 1, 2018, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognized from initial recognition of the receivables, see note 10(b) for further details.

 

Prior Period Accounting Policy

 

For fiscal year 2018, loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting date which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included in trade and other receivables in the balance sheet. Trade receivables, loans, and other receivables are recorded at amortized cost less impairment.

 

(g)Impairment of Assets

 

At each reporting date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have been impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

 

Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income immediately.

 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reversed to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income immediately.

 

No impairment charges were incurred during the three years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-11

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(h)Intangible Assets - Research and Development

 

Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognized as an expense when incurred. Where no internally generated intangible assets can be recognized, development expenditure is recognized as an expense in the period as incurred. Development costs are capitalized if and only if, all of the following are demonstrated:

 

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;
the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and
the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

 

Internally-generated intangible assets (capitalized development costs) are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives over a maximum of five years.

 

As of June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, Alterity had no capitalized research and development costs.

 

(i)Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

 

Functional and Presentation Currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s entities are measured using Australian dollars, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars ($), which is Alterity Therapeutics Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

 

Foreign currency transactions

 

All foreign currency transactions during the financial year are brought to account using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items at each reporting date are translated at the exchange rate existing at each reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined.

 

Exchange differences are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise except for exchange differences on monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned or likely to occur, which form part of the net investment in a foreign operation, are recognized in the foreign currency translation reserve and recognized in profit or loss on disposal of the net investment.

 

Group companies

 

The results and financial position of all the Company’s entities that have a functional currency difference from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet, and
income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions), and
all resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component of equity.

 

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Company’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognized in the foreign currency translation reserve, and recognized in profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operations..

 

(j)Employee Benefits

 

Short-term obligations

 

Short-term employee benefits are benefits (other than termination benefits) that are expected to be settled wholly before 12 months after the end of the annual reporting period in which the employees render the related service, including wages, and salaries. Short-term employee benefits are measured at the (undiscounted) amounts expected to be paid when the obligation is settled. The Company’s obligations for short-term employee benefits such as wages and salaries are recognized as a part of current trade and other payables in the statement of financial position.

 

The Company’s obligations for annual leave are presented as part of provisions in the Statement of Financial Position. The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position if the Company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

 

F-12

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Other long-term obligations

 

The liability for long service leave is not expected to be settled wholly within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. The liability is therefore recognized in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period of government bonds with terms and currencies that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. Re-measurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in profit or loss.

 

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

 

(k)Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic benefits is probable, and the amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

 

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that recovery will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

(l)Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

(m)Other income from ordinary activities

 

Other income is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the entity and the interest can be reliably measured. Other income is made up of interest income which is recognized on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.

 

(n)Grants

 

Grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all grant conditions will be complied with.

 

When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is expected to compensate.

 

(o)Goods and Services Tax (“GST”)

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In these circumstances the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of expense.

 

Receivables and payables in the Balance Sheet are shown inclusive of GST. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables.

 

Cash flows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on a gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as operating cash flows.

 

(p)Trade and Other Payables

 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the reporting date. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

F-13

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(q)Share-Based Payments

 

Equity-settled share-based payments granted after November 7, 2002 that were unvested as of January 1, 2005 are measured at fair value. The measurement date is determined for share-based payments issued to directors, employees and consultants as follows:

 

Directors

 

The issuance of share-based payments to directors is subject to approval by shareholders as per ASX Listing Rule 10.11. The measurement date for share-based payments issued to directors is the grant date, being the date at which the share-based payments are approved by shareholders.

 

Employees

 

The issuance of share-based payments to employees may be subject to shareholder approval per ASX Listing Rule 7.1 which prohibits the issuance of more than 15% of the Company’s shares in a 12 month period without shareholder approval. The measurement date for share-based payments issued to employees is the grant date, being the date at which a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement is reached. However, if an issuance to an employee is subject to shareholder approval because it exceeds the 15% threshold per ASX Listing Rule 7.1, then the measurement date of these share-based payments is the date at which the share-based payments are approved by shareholders.

 

Consultants

 

The issuance of share-based payments to consultants may be subject to shareholder approval per ASX Listing Rule 7.1 which prohibits the issuance of more than 15% of the Company’s shares in a 12 month period without shareholder approval. The measurement date for share-based payments issued to consultants who provide services considered to be similar to employees is deemed to be the date at which a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement is reached. The measurement date for share-based payments issued to consultants who provide services considered to be differentiated from those provided by employees is deemed to be the date at which the entity obtains the goods or the counterparty renders the service. If a service period applies and the work is continually provided over the service period, and if the share price of the Company does not change significantly during the service period, then the average share price, volatility and risk-free rate over the service period are used in calculating the value of the share-based payments issued. However, if the underlying share price of the Company does change significantly during the service period, then the value of share-based payments are calculated at each individual date that goods and services are provided, using the actual valuation inputs at that date. Shares issued to consultants for services are recorded as non-cash compensation and are recognized at either the fair value of the services rendered, or if this cannot be reasonably estimated, the fair value of the underlying equity instruments issued.

 

Equity-based compensation benefits are provided to directors, employees and consultants under the 2004 ASX Plan (the “2004 ASX Plan”) and the 2018 American Depository Share (ADS) Option Plan (the “2018 ADS Plan”). Information relating to this plan is set out in Note 16

 

The fair value of options granted under these plans is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and recognized over the period during which the recipients become unconditionally entitled to the options.

 

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using a Black-Scholes (for options without market condition) and Barrier Pricing (for options with market conditions) model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option. The expected life used in the model has

been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, and behavioral considerations.

 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

 

(r)Loss Per Share

 

Basic loss per share is determined by dividing the net loss after income tax expense by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial period. For all periods presented, diluted loss per share is equivalent to basic loss per share as the potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because the effect is anti-dilutive.

 

(s)Share Capital

 

Ordinary share capital is recognized as the fair value of the consideration received by the Company. Any transaction costs arising on the issue of ordinary shares are recognized directly in equity as a reduction of the share proceeds received.

 

(t)Trade and Other Receivables

 

Trade and other receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less provision for impairment.

 

F-14

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

1.BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(u)Comparative Figures

 

Comparative figures, are, where appropriate, reclassified to be comparable with figures presented in the current financial year.

 

(v)New Accounting Standards And Interpretations

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach with an effective date of July 1, 2019, but has not restated comparatives, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions in the standard. The reclassifications and the adjustments arising from the new leasing rules are therefore recognized in the opening balance sheet on July 1, 2019.

 

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as ‘operating leases’ under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of July 1, 2019. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on July 1, 2019 was 5.20%.

 

The associated right-of use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognized in the balance sheet as of June 30, 2020. There were no onerous lease contracts that would have required an adjustment to the right-of-use assets at the date of initial application.

 

In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

 

the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

 

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous

 

the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as of July 1, 2019 as short-term leases, and

 

the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

 

The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and Interpretation 4 Determining whether an arrangement contains a Lease.

 

Measurement of Lease Liabilities    
     
   $ 
Operating lease commitments disclosed as of June 30, 2019   111,811 
      
Discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate of at the date of initial application   108,028 
Less short-term lease not recognized as a liability (1)   (13,290)
Lease liability recognized as of July 1, 2019   94,738 
      
Of which are:     
Current lease liability   77,665 
Non-current lease liability   17,073 
    94,738 
      
Right of use of asset increased by   88,477 
Lease liability increased by   94,738 
The net impact on retained earnings on July 1, 2019 was a decrease of   (6,261)

 

(1)The practical expedient guidelines permit operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as of July 1, 2019 as short-term leases.

 

On impact of adoption, the right-of-use assets of $88,477 are classified under right-of-use assets in the consolidated statement of financial position. The corresponding current lease liability of $77,665 and the non-current lease liability of $17,073.

 

F-15

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

2.INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             
Interest income            
Interest income   17,117    108,538    201,174 
Total interest income   17,117    108,538    201,174 
                
Other income               
R&D Tax Incentive (1)   -    4,951,167    3,125,775 
COVID-19 relief (2)   122,729    -    - 
Total other income   122,729    4,951,167    3,125,775 
                
Total interest and other income from continuing operations   139,846    5,059,705    3,326,949 

 

(1)The Australian Government replaced the research and development tax concession with the research and development tax incentive from July 1, 2011. The provisions provide refundable or non-refundable tax offsets. The research and development tax incentive applies to expenditure incurred and the use of depreciating assets in an income year commencing on or after July 1, 2011. A 43.5% for FY2020 (43.5% for FY2019 & 43.5% for FY2018) refundable tax offset, will be available to eligible small companies with an annual aggregate turnover of less than $20 million. As per the prior period, and under the same sets of facts, the Group have applied to the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) for a determination regarding its eligibility to receive the R&D Tax Incentive as a refundable cash offset.  While a formal determination has not yet been made with respect to the application, the Group has been advised by the ATO that it is their preliminary view that the Group may not receive the tax incentive as a refundable cash offset under the applicable regulations. The Group is considering its options, including appealing an unfavorable decision if received, nevertheless the Group has not recognized a receivable and other income of $3,363,433 relating to eligible expenditure for the year ended June 30, 2020.
(2)The COVID-19 relief relates to government assistance received during the year, from the Australian Governments (at both federal and state level), in response to the economic and financial challenges in the current economy. This COVID-19 relief consists of the eligible cash flow boost grants and state level payroll tax refund and waivers. The Company has recognized this relief as part of government grants in line with IAS 20.

 

3.EXPENSES FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             
Research and Development Expenses (1)            
Employee expenses   2,698,139    2,645,512    2,223,807 
Other research and development expenses   7,400,300    10,337,673    4,474,209 
                
General and Administration Expenses               
Depreciation on fixed assets   25,988    29,696    21,799 
Depreciation on leased assets   86,439    -    - 
Employee expenses (non R&D related)   617,889    735,775    909,756 
Consultant and director expenses   742,390    1,477,369    1,279,014 
Audit, internal control and other assurance expenses   217,506    208,972    186,660 
Corporate compliance expenses   384,705    470,294    351,611 
Insurance expenses   628,060    448,769    422,475 
Office rental   72,757    132,836    142,233 
Other administrative and office expenses   670,405    804,641    902,916 
                
Other gains and losses               
Foreign exchange (gain)/loss   (333,055)   (349,064)   270,860 

 

(1)Research and development expenses mainly consist of expenses paid for contracted research and development activities conducted by third parties on behalf of the Company.

 

F-16

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

4.INCOME TAX

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             
(a) Income tax expense:            
Current tax   -    -    - 
Adjustment for current tax of prior periods   -    -    - 
Deferred tax   -    -    - 
                
(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable:               
Prima facie tax on net loss before income tax at 27.5% (2019: 27.5%, 2018: 27.5%)   (3,700,620)   (3,392,903)   (2,273,078)
Effect of lower tax rates of tax on overseas income   (18,308)   19,045    12,375 
                
Add tax effect of:               
Research and development expenditure (net of tax incentive)   -    1,688,887    1,187,557 
Other   148,105    145,245    324,249 
                
Deferred tax asset not recognized   3,570,823    1,539,726    748,896 
Income tax expense attributable to loss before income tax   -    -    - 
                
(c) Potential deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 in respect of: tax losses not brought to account is (1):   40,133,912    35,913,682    34,373,956 
Temporary differences   (1,793,626)   (1,119,563)   (1,254,136)

 

(1)As of June 30, 2020, the Group had a potential tax benefit related to tax losses carried forward of $145,941,499 (2019: $130,709,461). Such amount includes net profit of A$95,446 related to subsidiaries in the United States (U.S.). The remaining balance is attributable to the Group’s operations in Australia.

 

(2)Tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely subject to continuity of ownership and same business test rules, except for the losses generated for the period since inception to 31 December 2017 by the U.S subsidiary which can only be carried forward for 20 years.

 

5.TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019 
         
Accrued interest income   12,584    2,129 
R&D tax incentive receivable   -    4,825,270 
Goods and services tax receivable   48,737    2,098 
Total Trade and Other Receivables   61,321    4,829,497 

 

R&D tax incentive receivable represents the amount of the financial year 2020 R&D tax incentive the Company expects to recover. For further details, see note 2.

 

6.OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019 
         
Current        
Prepayments   567,884    621,737 
Other   10,252    10,032 
Total   578,136    631,769 

 

F-17

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

7.TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019 
         
Trade creditors   954,033    1,693,885 
Accrued research and development expenses   843,419    752,156 
Accrued professional fees   187,199    181,378 
Other accrued expenses   73,991    79,035 
Other payables   10,962    11,720 
           
Total   2,069,604    2,718,174 

 

8.PROVISIONS

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019 
         
Current        
Annual leave (1)   285,360    245,804 
Long service leave (1)(2)   326,679    356,191 
           
Total   612,039    601,995 
           
Non-Current          
Long service leave (2)   41,514    34,976 

 

A provision has been recognized for employee entitlements relating to long service leave. In calculating the present value of future cash flows in respect of long service leave, the probability of long service leave being taken is based on historical data. The measurement and recognition criteria relating to employee benefits have been included in Note 1 to this report.

 

(1)Movements in provisions

 

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below:

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
Annual leave            
Carrying amount at start of year   245,804    266,487    298,508 
Charged/(credited) to profit or loss               
-additional provisions recognized   278,686    308,032    261,354 
Amounts used during the year   (240,734)   (328,715)   (293,375)
Change in foreign exchange   1,604    1,886    - 
Carrying amount at end of year   285,360    245,804    266,487 
                
                
Long service leave               
Carrying amount at start of year   391,167    323,122    399,970 
Charged/(credited) to profit or loss   (62,991)   -    (103,363)
-additional provisions recognized   40,017    68,045    26,515 
Carrying amount at end of year   368,193    391,167    323,122 
                
TOTAL   653,553    636,971    589,609 

 

(2)Amounts not expected to be settled within the next 12 months

 

The current provision for long service leave includes all unconditional entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service and also those where employees are entitled to pro-rata payments in certain circumstances.

 

F-18

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

8.PROVISIONS (continued)

 

The entire amount is presented as current, since the Company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement. However, based on past experience, the Company does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued long service leave or require payment within the next 12 months. The following amounts reflect leave that is not expected to be taken or paid within the next 12 months.

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019 
           
Long service leave obligation expected to be settled after 12 months   41,514    34,976 

 

9.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

R&D Tax Incentive

 

The Group’s research and development activities are eligible under an Australian Government tax incentive for eligible expenditure from July 1, 2011. As per the prior period, and under the same sets of facts, the Group have applied to the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) for a determination regarding its eligibility to receive the R&D Tax Incentive as a refundable cash offset. While a formal determination has not yet been made with respect to the application, The Group has been advised by the ATO that it is their preliminary view that the Group may not receive the tax incentive as a refundable cash offset under the applicable regulations. The Group is considering its options, including appealing an unfavorable decision if received, nevertheless the Group have not recognized a receivable and other income of $3,363,433 relating to eligible expenditure for the year ended June 30, 2020.

 

There are no contingent liabilities at the date of this report. The Company is not involved in any legal or arbitration proceedings and, so far as management is aware, no such proceedings are pending or threatened against the Company.

 

In respect of expenditure commitments, refer to Note 15.

 

10.ISSUED CAPITAL

 

(a)Issued Capital

 

      Years Ended June 30, 
   Notes  2020   2019   2018 
                
1,037,358,032 (2019: 860,837,432) fully paid ordinary shares  10(b)   160,703,754    156,632,636    143,910,328 
Nil (2019: Nil) options for fully paid ordinary shares  10(c)   -    -    - 
                   
       160,703,754    156,632,636    143,910,328 

 

(b)Movements in Issued Shares

 

   June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   No. of
shares
   A$   No. of
shares
   A$   No. of
shares
   A$ 
Beginning of the year   860,837,432    156,632,636    533,891,470    143,910,328    533,891,470    144,018,006 
                               
Movement during the year   176,520,600    4,071,118    326,945,962    12,722,308    -    (107,678)
                               
End of the year   1,037,358,032    160,703,754    860,837,432    156,632,636    533,891,470    143,910,328 

 

F-19

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

10.ISSUED CAPITAL (continued)

 

Details of share issuances are as follows:

 

Date  Details  Notes  Number   Issue Price   A$ 
Year end June 30, 2017           -         -    (159,564)
June 30, 2018  Security issuance costs      -    -    (107,678)
Year end June 30, 2018         -    -    (107,678)
13 July 2018  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      3,083,580    0.05    166,086 
4 January 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      15,789,360    0.05    749,614 
4 February 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      1,912,440    0.04    78,508 
21 March 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      7,930,740    0.05    430,346 
21 March 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      3,723,120    0.05    169,064 
21 March 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      156,000    0.05    7,341 
21 March 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      1,014,240    0.04    43,544 
8 April 2019  Issue of shares under strategic investment by Life Biosciences LLC      269,905,533    0.04    10,526,318 
8 April 2019  Issue of shares to sophisticated and professional investors      23,430,949    0.04    913,807 
June 30, 2019  Security issuance costs                (362,320)
Year end June 30, 2019         326,945,962         12,722,308 
31 July 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      7,962,060    0.035    277,812 
21 November 2019  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      3,814,380    0.025    94,694 
15 January 2020  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      758,040    0.019    14,230 
16 January 2020  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      12,244,020    0.020    249,402 
17 January 2020  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      6,754,020    0.018    123,717 
27 March 2020  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      7,042,920    0.017    120,239 
25 May 2020  Issue of shares under ATM Facility      137,945,160    0.025    3,483,792 
June 30, 2020  Security issuance costs                (292,768)
Year end June 30, 2020         176,520,600         4,071,118 

 

(c)Terms and Conditions of Issued Capital

 

Ordinary shares

 

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of a winding up of the Company, to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held. Ordinary shares entitle their holder to vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company’s shareholders.

 

Options

 

Option holders do not have the right to receive dividends and are not entitled to vote at a meeting of the Company’s shareholders. Options may be exercised at any time from the date they vest to the date of their expiration. Share options convert into ordinary shares on a one for one basis on the date they are exercised.

 

(d)Shares Issued after Reporting Date

 

Subsequent to the end of the current financial year, on July 2, 2020, 47,646,000 new ordinary shares were issued. Refer to Note 17 for further details.

 

F-20

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

11.RESERVES

 

(a)Share Based Payments

 

      Years Ended June 30, 
   Notes  2020   2019   2018 
                
21,550,000 (2019: 25,300,000, 2018: 25,216,490) options for fully paid ordinary shares  11(c)   866,121    1,158,975    1,753,954 
                   
       866,121    1,158,975    1,753,954 

 

The share-based payment reserve is used to recognize the fair value of options issued to directors, executives, employees and consultants but not exercised. Amounts are transferred out of the reserve and into issued capital when the options are exercised. When options expire, the amount is transferred from reserve to accumulated losses.

 

(b)Warrants

 

      Years Ended June 30, 
   Notes  2020   2019   2018 
                  
Nil (2019: 586,672,964, 2018: Nil) warrants for fully paid ordinary shares (1)  11(c)        -        -        - 
                   
       -    -    - 

 

1.On 9 April 2019, the Group issued a total of 586,672,964 two for one free-attaching warrants each with an exercise price of A$0.045 (4.5 cents), vested on 8 June 2019 and expiring on 19 December 2019. These warrants were issued as part of the strategic investment made by Life Biosciences LLC, and an accompanying placement with sophisticated investors. On 19 December 2019, the warrants expired without exercise.

 

(c)Movements in Options/Warrants for Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   Number of
Options/
Warrants
   Comp.
Expense
   Number of
Options/
Warrants
   Comp.
Expense
   Number of
Options/
Warrants
   Comp.
Expense
 
       (A$)       (A$)       (A$) 
Beginning of the year   611,972,964    1,158,975    25,216,490    1,753,954    26,826,063    2,320,480 
Options issued during the year   -    -    2,450,000    30,370    12,100,000    764,539 
Warrants issued during the year   -    -    586,672,964    -    -    - 
Warrants expired during the year   (586,672,964)   -    -    -    -    - 
Expired during the year   (3,400,000)   (280,838)   (2,366,490)   (684,117)   (11,349,573)   (1,126,843)
Forfeited during the year   (350,000)   (12,016)   -    -    (2,360,000)   (204,221)
Share based payment expense   -    -    -    58,768    -    - 
                               
End of the year   21,550,000    866,121    611,972,964    1,158,975    25,216,490    1,753,954 

 

F-21

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

11.RESERVES (continued)

 

Details of option/warrant grants are summarized as follows.

 

Year ended June 30, 2018:

 

On October 10, 2017, 2,360,000 options were forfeited upon resignation of an employee.
On December 13, 2017, 8,500,00 options expired.
On January 18, 2018, the Company issued 12,100,000 options to directors and employees under the 2004 Plan (see Note 15) in recognition of services rendered to the Company. The options are exercisable at A$0.11 consideration and expire on December 14, 2022. The fair value of the option is A$0.047.
On April 6, 2018, 1,200,000 options expired.
On June 25, 2018, 1,649,573 options expired.

 

Year ended June 30, 2019:

 

On July 13, 2018 700,000 options were issued to an employee of the company under the 2004 plan (see Note 15) in recognition of services rendered to the Company. The options are exercisable at A$0.083 consideration and expire on January 31, 2023. The fair value of the options is A$0.038.
On August 4, 2018 306,490 options expired.
On August 28, 2018 500,000 options were issued to a consultant under the 2004 Plan (see Note 15) in recognition of services rendered to the Company. The options are exercisable at A$0.11 consideration and expire on December 14, 2022. The fair value of the options is A$0.019.
On October 1, 2018 360,000 options expired.
On October 24, 2018 200,000 options expired
On November 2, 2018 1,250,000 options were issued to a director under the 2004 Plan (see Note 15) in recognition of services rendered to the Company. The options are exercisable at A$0.11 consideration and expire on December 14, 2022. The fair value of the options is A$0.016.
On November 3, 2018 200,000 options expired
On December 11, 2018 1,200,000 options expired
On February 5, 2019 100,000 options expired
On April 9, 2019 586,672,964 short term warrants were issued to Life Biosciences LLC and other investors as approved at the shareholder meeting on April 8, 2019. The warrants are exercisable at A$0.045 consideration and expire on December 19, 2019.

 

Year ended June 30, 2020:

 

On September 30, 2019, 150,000 options were forfeited upon resignation of an employee.
On January 30, 2020, 200,000 options were forfeited upon resignation of an employee.
On February 18, 2020, 2,000,000 options expired.
On May 25, 2020, 1,400,000 options expired.
On December 19, 2019 586,672,964 short term warrants expired.

 

(d)Terms and Conditions of Reserves

 

Options and warrants

 

Option holders and warrant holders do not have the right to receive dividends and are not entitled to vote at a meeting of the Company’s shareholders. Options and warrants may be exercised at any time from the date they vest to the date of their expiration. Share options are exercisable into ordinary shares on a one for one basis on the date they are exercised. Options granted under the 2018 ADS Plan are exercisable into ADRs, being one option for one ADR, which equals ten ordinary shares, on the date they are exercised.

 

In Australia, there is not a set number of authorized shares, shares are not reserved for the exercise of options, and shares do not have a par value.

 

(e)Options and Warrants Issued after Reporting Date

 

No option issues have occurred after reporting date. There have been no warrants granted after reporting date.

 

F-22

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

12.ACCUMULATED DEFICIT DURING DEVELOPMENT STAGE

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
Balance at beginning of year   141,236,838    129,583,125    122,648,452 
Impact of initial adoption of IFRS 16   6,261    -    - 
Net loss for the year   13,456,800    12,337,830    8,265,737 
Reclassify expired options from contributed equity   -    -    - 
Reclassify expired options from reserves   (280,838)   (684,117)   (1,331,064)
Reclassify expired options/warrants from reserves   -    -    - 
Balance at end of year   154,419,061    141,236,838    129,583,125 

 

13.LEASES

 

(i)Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position

 

The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
Right-of-use assets  2020   2019   2018 
Right-of-use assets   31,866          -          - 
Lease liabilities             - 
Current   32,879    -    - 
Non-current   868    -    - 
    33,747    -    - 

 

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the current financial year were $29,827.

 

(ii)Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss

 

The statement of profit or loss shows the following amounts relating to leases:

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets  2020   2019   2018 
Right-of-use assets   86,439          -          - 
Interest expense   3,877    -    - 
Expenses relating to short-term leases (included in general and administration expenses)   46,913    -    - 
Expenses relating to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities (included in general and administration expenses)   25,844    -    - 

 

The total cash outflow for leases in 2020 was $165,875.

 

F-23

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

13.LEASES (continued)

 

(iii)The group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases during the year ended June 30, 2020 using the modified retrospective approach. The modified approach does not require restatement of comparative periods. Instead the cumulative impact of applying IFRS 16 is accounted for as an adjustment to equity at the start of the current financial year in which it was first applied, known as the ‘date of initial application’. Refer to note 1(v) for further details.

 

Leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease year so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each year. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate
amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees
the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be determined, or the Group’s incremental borrowing rate applied at the commencement date.

 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

 

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received
any initial direct costs, and
restoration costs.

 

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less.

 

F-24

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

14.CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

(a)Reconciliation of Net Loss to Net Cash Flows From Operations

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             
Net loss   (13,456,800)   (12,337,830)   (8,265,737)
                
Non-cash items               
Depreciation of property and equipment   25,988    29,696    21,799 
Depreciation on leased assets   86,439    -    - 
Non-cash issue of equity in consideration of operating expenses   (12,016)   89,138    764,539 
Foreign exchange (gain) loss   (262,977)   (403,879)   278,117 
    -    -    - 
Changes in assets and liabilities               
Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables   4,768,176    (1,677,087)   (116,837)
Decrease (increase) in other current assets   53,633    (365,144)   18,988 
(Decrease) increase in trade and other payables   (648,570)   662,926    1,162,812 
(Decrease) in other current liabilities   (1,577)   -    - 
Increase (decrease) in provision for employee entitlements   16,582    47,362    (108,869)
                
Net cash flows used in operating activities   (9,431,122)   (13,954,818)   (6,245,188)

 

(b)Reconciliation of Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents balance comprises:            
- cash and cash equivalents on hand   9,196,892    14,399,904    15,235,556 
                
Closing cash and cash equivalents balance   9,196,892    14,399,904    15,235,556 

 

(c)Non-Cash Financing and Investing Activities

 

There were no non-cash financing and investing activities during the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

15.EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS

 

The Company has short term leases contracted for but not capitalized in the financial statements. The Company has commitments under these contracts within one year of A$35,075. As of June 30, 2020, the lease commitments mainly relate to the short term leases for the U.S office lease expiring on 31 October 2020 and the extension of 3 months to the Australian office lease expiring on 17 December 2020.

 

The majority of our contracts for research and development programs have a termination notice period of 30 days. As of June 30, 2020, we had research and development termination commitments approximating A$2.0 million. No liability has been recognized within our financial statements for this period. In addition, we have the ability to scale down our operations and prioritize our research and development programs in neurology to reduce expenditures.

 

Details in relation to commitments under employee service agreements with Directors and Key Management Personnel are outlined in Note 21.

 

F-25

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

16.SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

 

(a)Employee and Consultant Plans

 

At the Annual General Meeting held on November 17, 2004, the shareholders approved the establishment of employee and consultant plans designed to reward directors, employees and consultants for their contributions to the Company. The plans are to be used as a method of retaining key personnel for the growth and development of the Company. Due to Alterity’s U.S. presence, a U.S. plan (the 2018 ADS Plan) and an Australian plan (the 2004 ASX Plan) were developed.

 

As of June 30, 2020 equity, had been issued to 4 Directors, 2 former Directors, 2 Key Management Personnel, 9 employees and 5 consultants under the 2004 ASX Plan.

 

As of June 30, 2019 equity, had been issued to 4 Directors, 2 previous Directors, 2 Key Management Personnel, 11 employees and 7 consultants under the Australian Plan.

 

As of June 30, 2018 equity, had been issued to 5 Directors, 2 Key Management Personnel, 11 employees and 9 consultants under the Australian Plan.

 

At the 2004 Annual General Meeting, shareholders authorized the Company to issue in the aggregate up to 12 million ordinary shares under the two plans. This was increased to 22 million ordinary shares at the 2005 Annual General Meeting and further increased to 30 million ordinary shares at the 2007 Annual General Meeting, 45 million ordinary shares at the 2008 Annual General Meeting and 60 million ordinary shares at the 2009 Annual General Meeting. The Share Plan Committee, a sub-committee of the Remuneration Committee administers the two plans and is able to change the terms of the equity issued under them from the default terms.

 

Under the 2018 ADS Plan, the exercise price must equal or exceed the fair value of the ADS on the date the options are awarded. The option expiration date cannot exceed ten years from the date the options were awarded. The default vesting conditions are 25% per year on the date the options were awarded.

 

Under the 2004 ASX Plan, the exercise price must be equal or be less than the market value of the ordinary shares on ASX on the date of grant. The option expiration date cannot exceed ten years from the date the options were granted. The default vesting conditions are 25% per year on the date the options were granted.

 

Information with respect to the number of options granted under the 2004 ASX Plan as follows:

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   Number of
Options
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Options
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Options
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
       (A$)       (A$)       (A$) 
Beginning of the year   25,300,000    0.12    25,216,490    0.19    26,826,063    0.29 
Issued during the year   -         2,450,000    0.10    12,100,000    0.11 
Exercised during the year   -         -         -    - 
Expired during the year   (3,400,000)   0.25    (2,366,490)   0.87    (11,349,573)   0.31 
Forfeited during the year   (350,000)   0.07              (2,360,000)   0.19 
                               
Outstanding at year end   21,550,000    0.10    25,300,000    0.12    25,216,490    0.19 
                               
Vested and Exercisable at year end   21,550,000    0.10    25,300,000    0.12    25,216,490    0.19 

 

Options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

 

Series  Grant Date  Expiry Date  Exercise Price   Share options 2020   Share options 2019 
         $A         
PBTAH  19 February 2015  18 February 2020   0.26    -    2,000,000 
PBTAR  27 May 2015  25 May 2020   0.27    -    1,400,000 
PBTAS  7 June 2017  6 June 2022   0.07    7,000,000    7,350,000 
PBTAAA  18 December 2017  14 December 2022   0.11    13,850,000    13,850,000 
PBTAI  1 February 2018  31 January 2023   0.08    700,000    700,000 
Total             21,550,000    25,300,000 
                      
Weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at end of period    2.29 years    2.95 years 

 

F-26

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

16.SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

 

Risk free interest rate – This is the government bond rate (having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the option) in effect at the grant date. The Australian government bond rate has been used for options which are exercisable for fully paid ordinary shares and the U.S. government bond rate has been used for options which are exercisable for ADRs.

 

Dividend yield – Alterity has never declared or paid dividends on its ordinary shares and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Expected volatility – Alterity estimates expected volatility based on historical volatility over the estimated life of the option and other factors. Historical volatility has been the basis for determining expected share price volatility as it is assumed that this is indicative of future movements. The life of the options is based on historical exercise patterns, which may not eventuate in the future.

 

Expected life – This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. This estimate is based primarily on historical trend of option holders to exercise their option near the date of expiry. As a result, the expected life is considered to equal the period from grant date to expiry date.

 

Model inputs – The model inputs for the valuations of options approved and issued during the current and previous financial years are as follows:

 

Series  Grant Date  Exercise Price per Share   Share Price at Grant Date   Expected Share Price Volatility   Years to Expiry   Dividend Yield   Risk-free Interest Rate 
      A$   A$                 
PBTAY  August 5, 2013    0.66    0.38    62.00%   5.00          0%      3.05%
PBTAZ  October 2, 2013    0.66    0.41    61.00%   5.00    0%   3.24%
PBTAA  October 25, 2013    0.61    0.38    63.60%   5.00    0%   3.31%
PBTAD  November 4, 2013    0.73    0.44    68.80%   5.00    0%   3.46%
PBTAE  December 13, 2013    1.04    0.69    70.70%   5.00    0%   3.45%
PBTAF  February 7, 2014    1.12    1.18    58.50%   5.00    0%   3.44%
PBTAG  April 7, 2014    0.25    0.23    289.40%   4.00    0%   3.02%
PBTAB  October 3, 2014   0.34    0.22    130.50%   4.00    0%   2.71%
PBTAH  February 19, 2015   0.26    0.16    74.80%   5.00    0%   2.00%
PBTAR  May 27, 2015   0.27    0.17    69.40%   5.00    0%   2.25%
PBTAS  June 7, 2017   0.07    0.05    100.00%   5.00    0%   1.97%
PBTAAA  December 18, 2017   0.11    0.07    100%   5.00    0%   2.38%
PBTAI  February 1, 2018   0.08    0.06    100%   5.00    0%   2.24%

 

Information with respect to the number of shares issued under the 2004 ASX Plan as follows:

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   Number of
Shares
   Number of
Shares
   Number of
Shares
 
Beginning of the year   13,277,715    13,277,715    13,277,715 
Issued during the year   -    -    - 
                
End of the financial year   13,277,715    13,277,715    13,277,715 

 

No shares were granted during the year ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-27

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

17.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

As announced on July 2, 2020, the Group issued 47,646,000 shares at $0.0328 per share through the use of its “at market” (ATM) facility to fund working capital and progress its research and development activities.

 

In accordance to a resolution of shareholders approved at the General Meeting held on September 3, 2020, incentive options with an exercise price of two times the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on ASX on the last ASX business day immediately before the day the options are issued, expiring 5 years after the issue date will be issued to the Directors of the Company, as follows:

 

Geoffrey Kempler   14,000,000 
Tristan Edwards   7,000,000 
Lawrence Gozlan   7,000,000 
Peter Marks   7,000,000 
Brian Meltzer   7,000,000 
David Sinclair   7,000,000 

 

No other matter or circumstance has occurred subsequent to year end that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group or economic entity in subsequent financial years.

 

18.LOSS PER SHARE

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             
Basic and diluted loss per share (cents per share)   (1.50)   (2.00)   (1.55)
                
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue used in the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share   894,872,224    615,772,236    533,891,470 

 

The options and warrants in place do not have the effect of diluting the loss per share.

 

19.KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             
Short-term employee benefits   1,549,861    2,046,496    1,522,777 
Post-employment benefits   48,947    41,062    44,389 
Long-term benefits   20,528    23,016    (1,061)
Share-based payments   -    20,443    608,179 
    1,619,336    2,131,017    2,174,284 

 

20.AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2020   2019   2018 
             

- Audit and review of financial statements

   194,900    210,422    180,000 
- Other audit services1   60,000    90,000    72,960 
    254,900    300,422    252,960 

 

1.Audit and other audit services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that generally only the statutory auditor could reasonably provide to a client. Included in the balance are amounts related to additional regulatory filings during the 2020, 2019 and 2018 financial years. All services provided are considered audit services for the purpose of SEC classification.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers was appointed as the Company’s principal independent registered public accounting firm on November 30, 2006. Australian law does not require the Company’s Auditors to be appointed at the Company’s annual general meeting of shareholders. There is an annual engagement letter which is signed, subject to the Company’s audit committee approval, with PricewaterhouseCoopers for audit and review work. No non-audit services were provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers during the 2020, 2019 and 2018 fiscal years.

 

F-28

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

a.Equity Interests in Subsidiaries

 

Alterity Therapeutics Limited owns 100% of its subsidiaries, Alterity Therapeutics Inc. and Alterity Therapeutics UK Ltd.

 

b.Key Management Personnel Remuneration

 

The Directors of Alterity during the year:

 

Mr. Geoffrey Kempler, Chairman & CEO

Mr. Brian Meltzer, Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr. Peter Marks, Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr. Lawrence Gozlan, Non-Executive Director

Dr. David Sinclair, Non-Executive Director

Mr. Tristan Edwards, Non-Executive Director

 

The Key Management Personnel of the Company during the year:

 

Dr. David Stamler Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President Clinical Development
Ms. Kathryn Andrews Chief Financial Officer

 

Remuneration of all key management personnel of the Company is determined by the Board of Directors following recommendation by the Remuneration Committee.

 

The Company is committed to remunerating senior executives in a manner that is market competitive and consistent with ‘best practice’ including the interests of shareholders. Remuneration packages are based on fixed and variable components, determined by the executive’s position, experience and performance, and may be satisfied via cash or equity.

 

Non-executive Directors are remunerated out of the aggregate amount approved by shareholders and at a level that is consistent with industry standards. Non-executive Directors do not receive performance based bonuses and prior shareholder approval is required to participate in any issuance of equity. No retirement benefits are payable other than statutory superannuation, if applicable.

 

The Company’s remuneration policy is not solely based on the Company’s performance, but also on industry practice.

 

The Company’s primary focus is research activities with a long term objective of developing and commercializing its research and development results.

 

The Company envisages its performance in terms of earnings will remain negative whilst the Company continues in the research and clinical trials. Shareholder wealth reflects this speculative and volatile market sector. This pattern is indicative of the Company’s performance over the past four years.

 

The purpose of a performance bonus is to reward individual performance in line with Company objectives. Consequently, performance based remuneration is paid to an individual where the individual’s performance clearly contributes to a successful outcome for the Company. This is regularly measured in respect of performance against key performance indicators (“KPI’s”).

 

The Company uses a variety of KPI’s to determine achievement, depending on the role of the executive being assessed. These include:

 

successful contract negotiations;
Company share price reaching a targeted rate on the ASX or applicable market over a period of time; or
achievement of research project milestones within scheduled time and/or budget.

 

F-29

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

2020   Short Term Benefits   Post-
Employment

Superannuation
   Long Term
Benefits

Long-
service
   Equity     
Directors’ remuneration  Base Fee   Bonus   Contribution   Leave   Options   Total 
   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$ 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler (1)   412,544         -    21,003    12,462           -    446,009 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   73,059    -    6,941    -    -    80,000 
Mr. Peter Marks   60,000    -    -    -    -    60,000 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   60,000    -    -    -    -    60,000 
Dr. David Sinclair   45,000    -    -    -    -    45,000 
Mr. Tristan Edwards   45,000    -    -    -    -    45,000 
    695,603    -    27,944    12,462    -    736,009 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in the annual leave provision relating to Mr. Geoffrey Kempler.

 

2019  Short Term Benefits   Post-
Employment
Superannuation
   Long Term
Benefits
Long-
service
   Equity     
Directors’ remuneration  Base Fee   Bonus   Contribution   Leave   Options   Total 
   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$ 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler (1)   395,728      -    20,531    7,794    -    424,053 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   80,000    -    -    -    -    80,000 
Dr. George Mihaly (2)   66,667    -    -    -    -    66,667 
Mr. Peter Marks   60,000    -    -    -    -    60,000 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan (3)   580,000    -    -    -    -    580,000 
Dr. Ira Shoulson (2)(4)   58,314    -    -    -    20,443    78,757 
Dr. David Sinclair (2)   10,750    -    -    -    -    10,750 
Mr. Tristan Edwards (2)   10,750    -    -    -    -    10,750 
    1,262,209    -    20,531    7,794    20,443    1,310,977 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in the annual leave provision relating to Mr. Geoffrey Kempler.
(2)The remuneration for Dr. George Mihaly and Dr. Ira Shoulson covered the period from 1 July 2018 to 8 April 2019, being the last day of being the Company’s director. The remuneration for Dr. David Sinclair and Mr. Tristan Edwards covered the period from 8 April 2019, being the date of their appointment as directors of the Company, to June 30, 2019.
(3)Includes corporate advisory fees paid to an associated entity of Mr. Lawrence Gozlan in the amount of A$520,000.
(4)Dr. Ira Shoulson received unlisted options during the year. The option prices were calculated using the Black-Scholes Model applying the relevant inputs.

 

2018  Short Term Benefits   Post-
Employment
Superannuation
   Long Term
Benefits
Long-
service
   Equity     
Directors’ remuneration  Base Fee   Bonus   Contribution   Leave   Options   Total 
   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$ 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler (1) (3)   381,340            -    20,049    7,763    235,000    644,152 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan (3)   60,000    -    -    -    58,750    118,750 
Mr. Brian Meltzer (3)   82,500    -    -    -    58,750    141,250 
Dr. George Mihaly (3)   77,500    -    -    -    58,750    136,250 
Mr. Peter Marks (3)   60,000    -    -    -    58,750    118,750 
Dr. Ira Shoulson (2)   78,885    -    -    -    -    78,885 
    740,225    -    20,049    7,763    470,000    1,238,037 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in the annual leave provision relating to Mr Geoffrey Kempler.
(2)Includes consulting fees paid to Dr Ira Shoulson in the amount of A$12,021.
(3)The Directors received unlisted options during the year. The option prices were calculated using the Black-Scholes Model applying the relevant inputs.

 

F-30

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

           Post-Employment   Long Term
Benefits
         
2020  Short Term Benefits   Superannuation   Long-service   Equity     
Executives’ Remuneration  Base Fee   Other   Contribution   Leave   Options   Total 
   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$ 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews (1)   228,788      -    21,003    8,066       -    257,857 
Dr. David Stamler (1)   625,470    -    -    -    -    625,470 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in annual leave provision for, Ms Kathryn Andrews and Mr David Stamler accrued in accordance with their employment contracts.

 

           Post-Employment   Long Term
Benefits
         
2019  Short Term Benefits   Superannuation   Long-service   Equity     
Executives’ Remuneration  Base Fee   Other   Contribution   Leave   Options   Total 
   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$ 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews (1)   236,665             20,531    15,222      -    272,418 
Dr. David Stamler (1)   547,622                   -    547,622 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in annual leave provision for, Ms Kathryn Andrews and Mr David Stamler accrued in accordance with their employment contracts.

 

           Post-Employment   Long Term
Benefits
   Equity     
2018  Short Term Benefits   Superannuation   Long-service         
Executives’ Remuneration  Base Fee   Other   Contribution   Leave   Options   Total 
   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$   A$ 
Ms. Dianne Angus (1) (2)   81,589       -    5,736    (8,920)   (3,433)   74,972 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews (1) (3)   196,689    -    18,604    96    15,735    231,124 
Dr. David Stamler (1) (3)   504,274    -    -    -    125,877    630,151 

 

(1)Base Fee includes movements in annual leave provision for Ms Dianne Angus, Ms Kathryn Andrews and Mr David Stamler accrued in accordance with their employment contracts.
(2)The remuneration for Ms. Dianne Angus covers the period from 1 July 2017 to 10 October 2017, being the last day of her employment with the Company. The amount also includes payments of unused leave balances.
(3)The equity component of Kathryn Andrews' and David Stamler's remuneration represents the portion of unlisted options granted in prior year but vested during the current year.

 

F-31

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

The following Director was under contract during the year ended June 30, 2020:

 

Directors Duration Notice Requirements Termination
Geoffrey Kempler

Until termination by either party.

Signed 21 September 2007

For Good Reason Mr Kempler may terminate with 30 days’ notice Pay Geoffrey Kempler within ninety (90) days of the termination date $1,000,000 provided the Company has sufficient capital requirements to fulfill this clause
      Accrued entitlements including all unreimbursed  business expenses
      Accelerate the vesting of any unvested options
    Without Good Reason Mr Kempler may terminate with 90 days’ notice Bonus pro-rated only if termination occurs in  1st year
    Without Cause the Company may terminate with 90 days’ notice Pay Geoffrey Kempler within ninety (90)  days of the termination date $1,000,000  provided the Group has sufficient capital  requirements to fulfill this clause
      Accrued entitlements including all  unreimbursed business expenses
      Accelerate the vesting of any unvested options
    With Cause the Company may terminate with 30 days’ notice Bonus pro-rated only if termination occurs in 1st year

 

The following Senior Executives were under contract during the year ended June 30, 2020:

 

Key management personnel Duration Notice Requirements Termination
Kathryn Andrews

Until termination by either party.

Signed 11 November 2014

Ms Andrews may terminate with 30 days’ notice, or Accrued entitlements including all unreimbursed business expenses
    Without Cause the Company may terminate with 30 days’ notice, or Permitted to keep and/or exercise options that have vested at the time of termination
    With Cause the Company may terminate without notice  
David Stamler

Until termination by either party.

Signed 18 April 2017.

By the company without cause or by Dr. Stamler with good reason, 3 months’ notice, increasing to 6 months’ notice after 18 months of employment, unless otherwise agreed in writing.

Payment equivalent to seventy five percent of current annualized salary Accrued entitlements including all unreimbursed business expenses

Unexercised options shall be exercisable within 30 days after the date of termination
With Cause, the Company may terminate at any time upon written notice Accrued entitlements including all unreimbursed business expenses
Unexercised options shall be exercisable within 30 days after the date of termination

 

F-32

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

c.Key Management Personnel Equity Holdings

 

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares of the Company  Balance
July 1,
2019
   Received as
Remuneration
   Received on
Exercise of
Options
   Net Change
Other
   Balance
June 30,
2020
 
   No.   No.   No.   No.   No. 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler   18,011,000        -        -        -    18,011,000 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   326,666    -    -    -    326,666 
Mr. Peter Marks   43,111    -    -    -    43,111 
Dr. David Sinclair   -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Tristan Edwards   -    -    -    -    - 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews   -    -    -    -    - 
Dr. David Stamler   -    -    -    -    - 
    18,380,777    -    -    -    18,380,777 

 

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares of the Company  Balance
July 1,
2018
   Received as
Remuneration
   Received on
Exercise of
Options
   Net Change
Other
   Balance
June 30,
2019
 
   No.   No.   No.   No.   No. 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler   18,011,000         -        -    -    18,011,000 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   326,666    -    -    -    326,666 
Dr. George Mihaly (1)   226,666    -    -    (226,666)   - 
Mr. Peter Marks   43,111    -    -    -    43,111 
Dr. David Sinclair   -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Tristan Edwards   -    -    -    -    - 
Dr. Ira Shoulson   -    -    -    -    - 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews   -    -    -    -    - 
Dr. David Stamler   -    -    -    -    - 
    18,607,443    -    -    (226,666)   18,380,777 

 

1.Other changes represented the holdings of Dr. George Mihaly when he ceased to be a director of the Group on 8 April 2019.

 

F-33

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

c.Key Management Personnel Equity Holdings (continued)

 

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares of the Company  Balance
July 1,
2017
   Received as
Remuneration
   Received on
Exercise of
Options
   Net Change
Other
   Balance
June 30,
2018
 
   No.   No.   No.   No.   No. 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler   18,011,000         -        -    -    18,011,000 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   326,666    -    -    -    326,666 
Dr. George Mihaly   226,666    -    -    -    226,666 
Mr. Peter Marks   43,111    -    -    -    43,111 
Dr. Ira Shoulson   -    -    -    -    - 
Ms. Dianne Angus   146,128    -    -    (146,128)   - 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews   -    -    -    -    - 
Dr. David Stamler (1)   -    -    -    -    - 
    18,753,571    -    -    (146,128)   18,607,443 

 

(1)Opening balance on appointment as Senior Vice President Development and Chief Medical Officer on 15 May 2017.

 

F-34

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

c.Key Management Personnel Equity Holdings (continued)

 

Share Options of the Company  Balance
July 1,
2019
   Granted as
Remuneration
   Options
Exercised
   Options
Expired
   Options
Forfeited
   Net Change
Other
   Options Vested
During 2020
fiscal year
   Balance
June 30,
2019
   Total
Vested and
Exercisable
June 30,
2020
   Total
Unvested
June 30,
2020
 
   No.   No.   No.   No.   No.           No.   No.   No. 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler   5,000,000       -       -       -       -       -       -    5,000,000    5,000,000       - 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   1,250,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   1,250,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Mr. Peter Marks   1,250,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Dr. David Sinclair   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Tristan Edwards   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews   500,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    500,000    500,000    - 
Dr. David Stamler  4,000,000   -   -   -   -   -  -  4,000,000   4,000,000   - 
    13,250,000    -    0    0    -    -    -    13,250,000    13,250,000    - 

 

Share Options of the Company  Balance
July 1,
2018
   Granted as
Remuneration
   Options
Exercised
   Options
Expired
   Options
Forfeited
   Net Change
Other
   Options Vested
During 2019
fiscal year
   Balance
June 30,
2019
   Total
Vested and
Exercisable
June 30,
2019
   Total
Unvested
June 30,
2019
 
   No.   No.   No.   No.   No.           No.   No.   No. 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler   5,000,000      -       -        -        -    -       -    5,000,000    5,000,000       - 
Mr. Brian Meltzer   1,250,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Dr. George Mihaly (1)   1,250,000    -    -         -    (1,250,000)   -    -    -    - 
Mr. Peter Marks   1,250,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   1,250,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Dr. Ira Shoulson (1)   -    1,250,000    -         -    (1,250,000)   -    -    -    - 
Dr. David Sinclair   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Mr. Tristan Edwards   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews   500,000    -    -    -    -    -    -    500,000    500,000    - 
Dr. David Stamler  4,000,000  -   -   -   -   -   -   4,000,000   4,000,000   - 
    14,500,000    1,250,000    0    0    -    (2,500,000)   -    13,250,000    13,250,000    - 

 

(1)Dr. George Mihaly and Dr. Ira Shoulson resigned on 8 April 2019.

 

F-35

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

21.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

c.Key Management Personnel Equity Holdings (continued)

 

Share Options of the Company  Balance
July 1,
2017
   Granted as
Remuneration
   Options
Exercised
   Options
Expired
   Options
Forfeited
   Net Change Other   Options Vested
During 2018
fiscal year
   Balance
June 30,
2018
   Total
Vested and
Exercisable
June 30,
2018
   Total
Unvested
June 30,
2018
 
   No.   No.   No.   No.   No.           No.   No.   No. 
Mr. Geoffrey Kempler   4,000,000    5,000,000    -    (4,000,000)   -                    5,000,000    5,000,000    - 
Mr. Lawrence Gozlan   1,000,000    1,250,000    -    (1,000,000)   -              1,250,000    1,250,000      
Mr. Brian Meltzer   1,000,000    1,250,000    -    (1,000,000)   -              1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Dr. George Mihaly   1,000,000    1,250,000    -    (1,000,000)   -              1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
Mr. Peter Marks   1,000,000    1,250,000    -    (1,000,000)   -              1,250,000    1,250,000    - 
                                                   
Dr. Ira Shoulson   -    -    -    -    -              -    -    - 
Ms. Dianne Angus (1)   2,360,000    -    -    -    (2,360,000)             -    -    - 
Ms. Kathryn Andrews   500,000    -    -    -    -         500,000    500,000    500,000    - 
Dr. David Stamler   4,000,000    -    -    -    -         4,000,000    4,000,000    4,000,000    - 
    14,860,000    10,000,000    -    (8,000,000)   (2,360,000)        4,500,000    14,500,000    14,500,000      

 

(1)Ms Angus resigned effective October 10, 2017.

 

F-36

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

22.SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (Chief Operating Decision Maker) examines internal reports to assess the Company’s performance and determine the allocation of resources. The Company’s activities are predominantly within Australia and cover research into Parkinsonian movement disorders, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington disease, and other neurodegenerative disorders. Accordingly, the Company has identified one reportable segment.

 

23.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Company. Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors and overseen by the Audit Committee.

 

(a)Market Risk

 

(i) Foreign Currency Risk

 

The Company engages in international purchase transactions and is exposed to foreign currency risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Australian dollar. The parent entity also has exposure to foreign exchange risk in the currency cash reserves it holds to meet its foreign currency payments. The Company does not make use of derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign exchange risk.

 

The following financial assets and liabilities are subject to foreign currency risk, the currency of the original amounts are displayed in brackets, all the amounts in the table below are displayed in A$ at year-end spot rates:

 

   Consolidated Entity 
   2020   2019 
   A$   A$ 
Cash and cash equivalents (USD)   5,403,402    9,726,790 
Cash and cash equivalents (€EUR)   -    178 
Cash and cash equivalents (£GBP)   430    433 
Trade and other payables (USD)   (562,710)   (1,196,358)
Trade and other payables (€EUR)   (12,245)   - 
Trade and other payables (£GBP)   (4,337)   (35,242)
Total exposure   4,824,540    8,495,801 

 

As shown in the table above, the group is primarily exposed to changes in USD/AUD exchange rates. The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from US-dollar denominated financial instruments and there is no impact on other components of equity.

 

The Group's exposure to interest rate risk, which is the risk that a financial instruments value will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates and the effective weighted average interest rates on classes of financial assets and financial liabilities.

 

Based on the financial instruments held as of June 30, 2020, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened by 2.17% (2019: 6.36%) against the USD with all other variables held constant, the Group's post-tax loss for the year would have been A$105,090 lower/higher (2019: A$542,116 lower/higher).

 

(ii) Interest Rate Risk

 

The Company has an exposure to interest rate risk, which is the risk that a financial instrument’s value will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates and the effective weighted average interest rates on classes of financial assets and financial liabilities.

 

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk has not changed since the prior year.

 

F-37

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

23.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

At June 30, 2020, the Company had the following cash accounts:

 

A$3,448,551 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.60% as of June 30, 2020;
A$83,932 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.05% as of June 30, 2020;
A$66,841 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.00% as of June 30, 2020;
US$3,716,309 (A$5,403,402) in U.S. checking accounts at an interest rate of 0% as of June 30, 2020;
A$42,713 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 0.80% which matures on September 7, 2020;
A$150,000 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 0.80% which matures on September 11, 2019.

 

At June 30, 2019, the Company had the following cash accounts:

 

A$1,354,771 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.60% as of June 30, 2019;
A$45,486 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.05% as of June 30, 2019;
A$66,534 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.00% as of June 30, 2019;
A$15 in an Australian Trust account at an interest rate of 0% as of June 30, 2019;
US$6,836,116 (A$9,726,016) in U.S. checking accounts at an interest rate of 0% as of June 30, 2019;
A$2,012,329 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 1.50% which matures on August 26, 2019;
A$1,000,000 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 1.85% which matures on July 27, 2019;
A$42,713 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 2.00% which matures on September 7, 2019;
A$150,000 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 2.00% which matures on September 11, 2019.

 

At June 30, 2018, the Company had the following cash accounts:

 

A$ 2,552,615 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.60% as of June 30, 2018;
A$63,791 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.05% as of June 30, 2018;
A$114,990 in an Australian dollar transaction account at an interest rate of 0.00% as of June 30, 2018;
A$135 in an Australian Trust account at an interest rate of 0% as of June 30, 2018;
US$4,675,242 (A$6,308,538) in U.S. checking accounts at an interest rate of 0.03% as of June 30, 2018;
A$3,000,000 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 2.40% which matures on September 25, 2018;
A$3,000,000 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 2.40% which matures on August 3, 2018;
A$42,713 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 2.40% which matures on September 7, 2018;
A$150,000 in a three month term deposit at a fixed interest rate of 2.40% which matures on September 11, 2018.

 

The weighted average interest rate is 0.12% for cash and cash equivalents and 0.80% for terms deposits over three months and apart from usual variances in general rates of interest the Company is not exposed to any significant interest rate risk.

 

F-38

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

23.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

Receivables and payables are non-interest bearing.

 

The Company’s exposure to interest rates and the effective weighted average interest rate for classes of financial assets and liabilities is set out below:

 

June 30, 2020  Floating
Interest Rate
   Fixed Interest
Maturing in
   Non-Interest bearing   Total   Average Interest Rate  
   (A$)   (A$)   (A$)   (A$)     
       1 year                  
       or less   1-5 years             
Financial Assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents   3,532,485    192,713    -    5,471,694    9,196,892    0.24%
Trade and other receivables   -    -    -    61,711    61,711      
                               
Total Financial Assets   3,532,485    192,713    -    5,533,405    9,258,603    0.24%
                               
Financial Liabilities                              
Trade and other payables   -    -    -    (2,069,604)   (2,069,604)     
Lease liabilities   -    (32,879)   (868)   -    (33,747)     
                               
Total Financial Liabilities   -    (32,879)   (868)   (2,069,604)   (2,103,351)     

 

June 30, 2019  Floating Interest Rate   Fixed Interest
Maturing in
   Non-Interest bearing   Total   Average Interest Rate 
   (A$)   (A$)   (A$)   (A$)     
       1 year                  
       or less   1-5 years             
Financial Assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents   1,400,257    3,205,042    -    9,794,605    14,399,904    0.42%
Trade and other receivables   -    -    -    4,829,497    4,829,497      
Other current assets   -    -    -    621,737    621,737      
Other non-current assets   -    -    -    -    -      
                               
Total Financial Assets   1,400,257    3,205,042         15,245,839    19,851,138    0.42%
                               
Financial Liabilities        -    -                
Trade and other payables   -    -    -    (2,718,174)   (2,718,174)     
                               
Total Financial Liabilities   -    -    -    (2,718,174)   (2,718,174)     

 

F-39

 

 

ALTERITY THERAPEUTICS LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – in Australian dollars (unless otherwise noted)

 

23.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

(b)Credit Risk

 

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Company. The Company has no significant concentration of credit risk and it is not the Company’s policy to hedge credit risk.

 

The Company ensures that surplus cash is invested with financial institutions of appropriate credit worthiness and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one counter party.

 

There has been no significant change in the Company’s exposure to credit risk since the previous year. The carrying amount of the Company’s financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure.

 

(c)Liquidity Risk

 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient bank balances to fund its operations and the availability of funding through committed credit facilities.

 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flows. For further discussion on the going concern basis of preparation, refer to Note 1.

 

   Maturities of Financial Liabilities 
     
2020  Less than
6 months
   6-12 months   Greater than
12 months
and less
than 5 years
   Total
contracted
cash flows
   Carrying
amounts
 
Trade and other payables   (2,069,604)   -    -    (2,069,604)   (2,069,604)
Lease liabilities   (16,440)   (16,439)   (868)   (33,747)   (33,747)
Total   (2,086,044)   (16,439)   (868)   (2,103,351)   (2,103,351)

 

2019  Less than
6 months
   6-12 months   Greater than
12 months
and less
than 5 years
   Total
contracted
cash flows
   Carrying
amounts
 
Trade and other payables   (2,718,174)     -      -    (2,718,174)   (2,718,174)
Total   (2,718,174)   -    -    (2,718,174)   (2,718,174)

 

(d)Capital Risk Management

 

The Company's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company's ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximize shareholder value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure, the Company may issue new shares or reduce its capital, subject to the provisions of the Company's constitution. The capital structure of the Company consists of equity attributed to equity holders of the Company, comprising contributed equity, reserves and accumulated losses disclosed in Notes 10, 11 and 12. By monitoring undiscounted cash flow forecasts and actual cash flows provided to the Board by the Company's Management the Board monitors the need to raise additional equity from the equity markets.

 

(e)Fair Value Estimation

 

The carrying amount of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the financial statements represents their respective fair values, determined in accordance with the accounting policies disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Financial Instruments measured at Fair Value

 

The financial instruments recognized at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position have been analyzed and classified using a fair value hierarchy reflecting the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following levels:

 

-quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1);
-inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) (Level 2); and
-inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

 

In 2020 and 2019, none of the Company’s assets and liabilities had their fair value determined using the fair value hierarchy. No transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy occurred during the current or previous years.

 

F-40

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this report on its behalf.

 

  Alterity Therapeutics Limited
(formerly Prana Biotechnology Limited)
     
  By: /s/ Geoffrey P. Kempler
    Geoffrey P. Kempler
    Chief Executive Officer

 

Dated September 15, 2020

 

 

74